PFS 10-K Annual Report Dec. 31, 2013 | Alphaminr
PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES INC

PFS 10-K Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2013

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES INC
10-Qs and 10-Ks
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2024
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2024
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2023
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2023
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2022
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2022
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2021
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2021
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2020
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2020
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2019
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2019
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2018
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2018
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2017
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2017
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2016
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2016
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2015
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2015
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2014
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2014
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2013
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2013
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2012
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2012
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2011
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2011
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended Sept. 30, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended June 30, 2010
10-Q
Quarter ended March 31, 2010
10-K
Fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2009
PROXIES
DEF 14A
Filed on March 12, 2025
DEF 14A
Filed on March 15, 2024
DEF 14A
Filed on March 17, 2023
DEF 14A
Filed on March 18, 2022
DEF 14A
Filed on March 17, 2021
DEF 14A
Filed on March 13, 2020
DEF 14A
Filed on March 15, 2019
DEF 14A
Filed on March 16, 2018
DEF 14A
Filed on March 16, 2017
DEF 14A
Filed on March 18, 2016
DEF 14A
Filed on March 13, 2015
DEF 14A
Filed on March 14, 2014
DEF 14A
Filed on March 15, 2013
DEF 14A
Filed on March 16, 2012
DEF 14A
Filed on March 15, 2011
DEF 14A
Filed on March 11, 2010
10-K 1 pfs-12312013x10k.htm 10-K PFS-12.31.2013-10K


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ý
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
OR
¨
Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from             to
Commission File No. 1-31566
PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware
42-1547151
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
239 Washington Street, Jersey City, New Jersey
07302
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)
(732) 590-9200
(Registrant’s Telephone Number)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
New York Stock Exchange
(Title of Class)
(Name of Exchange on Which Registered)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES ý NO ¨
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES ¨ NO ý
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports); and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES ý NO ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES ý NO ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer ý Accelerated  Filer ¨ Non-Accelerated Filer ¨ Smaller Reporting Company ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES ¨ NO ý
As of February 1, 2014, there were 83,209,293 issued and 60,329,589 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding, including 410,843 shares held by the First Savings Bank Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan not otherwise considered outstanding under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The aggregate value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the Common Stock as of June 28, 2013, as quoted by the NYSE, was approximately $844.6 million.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
(1)
Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant (Part III).




PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
INDEX TO FORM 10-K
Item Number
Page Number
PART I
1.
1A.
1B.
2.
3.
4.
PART II
5.
6.
7.
7A.
8.
9.
9A.
9B.
PART III
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
PART IV
15.




Forward Looking Statements
Certain statements contained herein are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such forward-looking statements may be identified by reference to a future period or periods, or by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “may,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “continue,” or similar terms or variations on those terms, or the negative of those terms. Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those related to the economic environment, particularly in the market areas in which Provident Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”) operates, competitive products and pricing, fiscal and monetary policies of the U.S. Government, changes in government regulations affecting financial institutions, including regulatory fees and capital requirements, changes in prevailing interest rates, acquisitions and the integration of acquired businesses, credit risk management, asset-liability management, the financial and securities markets and the availability of and costs associated with sources of liquidity.
The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements which speak only as of the date made. The Company also advises readers that the factors listed above could affect the Company’s financial performance and could cause the Company’s actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements. The Company does not undertake and specifically declines any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.


PART I
Item 1.
Business
Provident Financial Services, Inc.
The Company is a Delaware corporation which became the holding company for The Provident Bank (the “Bank”) on January 15, 2003, following the completion of the conversion of the Bank to a stock chartered savings bank. On January 15, 2003, the Company issued an aggregate of 59,618,300 shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share in a subscription offering, and contributed $4.8 million in cash and 1,920,000 shares of its common stock to The Provident Bank Foundation, a charitable foundation established by the Bank. As a result of the conversion and related stock offering, the Company raised $567.2 million in net proceeds, of which $293.2 million was utilized to acquire all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank. The Company owns all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank, and as such, is a bank holding company subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.
At December 31, 2013 , the Company had total assets of $ 7.49 billion, loans of $ 5.19 billion, total deposits of $ 5.20 billion, and total stockholders’ equity of $ 1.01 billion. The Company’s mailing address is 239 Washington Street, Jersey City, New Jersey 07302, and the Company’s telephone number is (732) 590-9200.
Capital Management. The Company paid cash dividends totaling $ 32.3 million and repurchased 398,339 shares of its common stock at a cost of $5.9 million in 2013 . At December 31, 2013 , 3.7 million shares were eligible for repurchase under the board approved stock repurchase program(s). The Company and the Bank were “well capitalized” at December 31, 2013 under current regulatory standards.
Available Information . The Company is a public company, and files interim, quarterly and annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These respective reports are on file and a matter of public record with the SEC and may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov). All filed SEC reports and interim filings can also be obtained from the Bank’s website, www.providentnj.com, on the “Investor Relations” page, without charge from the Company.
The Provident Bank
Established in 1839, the Bank is a New Jersey-chartered capital stock savings bank currently operating 77 full-service branch offices in the New Jersey counties of Hudson, Bergen, Essex, Mercer, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset and Union, which the Bank considers its primary market area. As a community- and customer-oriented institution, the Bank emphasizes personal service and customer convenience in serving the financial needs of the individuals, families and businesses residing in its primary markets areas. The Bank attracts deposits from the general public and businesses primarily in the areas surrounding its banking offices and uses those funds, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, to originate

1



commercial real estate loans, residential mortgage loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans. The Bank also invests in mortgage-backed securities and other permissible investments.
The following are highlights of The Provident Bank’s operations:
Diversified Loan Portfolio. To improve asset yields and reduce its exposure to interest rate risk, the Bank has diversified its loan portfolio and has emphasized the origination of commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans and commercial business loans. These loans generally have adjustable rates or shorter fixed terms and interest rates that are higher than the rates applicable to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. However, these loans generally have a higher risk of loss than one- to four- family residential mortgage loans.
Asset Quality. As of December 31, 2013 , non-performing assets were $ 82.2 million or 1.10 % of total assets, compared to $ 111.5 million or 1.53 % of total assets at December 31, 2012 . While the Bank’s non-performing asset levels have been adversely impacted by the troubled real estate market and the challenging economic environment, the Bank continues to focus on conservative underwriting criteria and on active and timely collection efforts.
Emphasis on Relationship Banking and Core Deposits. The Bank emphasizes the acquisition and retention of core deposit accounts, consisting of savings and all demand deposit accounts, and expanding customer relationships. Core deposit accounts totaled $ 4.40 billion at December 31, 2013 , representing 84.5 % of total deposits, compared with $ 4.47 billion, or 82.4 % of total deposits at December 31, 2012 . The Bank also focuses on increasing the number of households and businesses served and the number of banking products per customer.
Non-Interest Income. The Bank’s focus on transaction accounts and expanded products and services has enabled the Bank to generate non-interest income. Fees derived from core deposit accounts are a primary source of non-interest income. The Bank also offers investment, wealth and asset management services through its subsidiaries to generate non-interest income. Total non-interest income was $ 44.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared with $ 43.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , and fee income was $ 34.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared with $ 30.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .
Managing Interest Rate Risk. The Bank manages its exposure to interest rate risk through the origination and retention of adjustable rate and shorter-term loans. In addition, the Bank uses its investments in securities to manage interest rate risk. At December 31, 2013 , 47.7% of the Bank’s loan portfolio had a term to maturity of one year or less, or had adjustable interest rates. Moreover, at December 31, 2013 , the Bank’s securities portfolio totaled $1.57 billion and had an expected average life of 4.55 years.
MARKET AREA
The Company and the Bank are headquartered in Jersey City, which is located in Hudson County, New Jersey. At December 31, 2013 , the Bank operated a network of 77 full-service banking offices throughout eleven counties in northern and central New Jersey, comprised of 14 offices in Hudson County, 3 in Bergen, 7 in Essex, 1 in Mercer, 22 in Middlesex, 8 in Monmouth, 10 in Morris, 4 in Ocean, 1 in Passaic, 4 in Somerset and 3 in Union Counties. The Bank also maintains its administrative offices in Iselin, New Jersey and satellite loan production offices in Convent Station, East Rutherford and Princeton, New Jersey. The Bank’s lending activities, though concentrated in the communities surrounding its offices, extend predominantly throughout the State of New Jersey and, to a lesser extent, Eastern Pennsylvania.
The Bank’s primary market area includes a mix of urban and suburban communities, and has a diversified mix of industries including pharmaceutical and other manufacturing companies, network communications, insurance and financial services, healthcare, and retail. According to the U.S. Census Bureau’s most recent population data for 2013, the Bank’s market area has a population of 6.6 million, which was 74.6% of the state’s total population. Because of the diversity of industries in the Bank’s market area and, to a lesser extent, its proximity to the New York City financial markets, the area’s economy can be significantly affected by changes in national and international economies. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the unemployment rate in New Jersey remained elevated at 7.3% at December 31, 2013 , and decreased from 9.6% at December 31, 2012 .
Within its primary market area, the Bank had an approximate 2.26% share of bank deposits as of June 30, 2013, the latest date for which statistics are available, and an approximate 1.91% deposit share of the New Jersey market statewide.
COMPETITION
The Bank faces intense competition in originating loans, retaining loans and attracting deposits. The northern and central New Jersey market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks, credit unions, investment brokerage firms and insurance companies. The Bank faces direct competition for

2



loans from each of these institutions as well as from mortgage companies and other loan origination firms operating in its market area. The Bank’s most direct competition for deposits has come from several commercial banks and savings banks in its market area. Certain of these banks have substantially greater financial resources than the Bank. In addition, the Bank faces significant competition for deposits from the mutual fund industry and from investors’ direct purchases of short-term money market securities and other corporate and government securities.
The Bank competes in this environment by maintaining a diversified product line, including mutual funds, annuities and other investment services made available through its investment subsidiaries. Relationships with customers are built and maintained through the Bank’s branch network, its deployment of branch and off-site ATMs, and its mobile, telephone and web-based banking services.
LENDING ACTIVITIES
The Bank originates commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans, fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans collateralized by one- to four-family residential real estate and other consumer loans, for borrowers generally located within its primary market area.
Residential mortgage loans are primarily underwritten to standards that allow the sale of the loans to the secondary markets, primarily to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC” or “Freddie Mac”) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA” or “Fannie Mae”). To manage interest rate risk, the Bank generally sells fixed-rate residential mortgages that it originates with terms greater than 15 years. The Bank commonly retains biweekly payment fixed-rate residential mortgage loans with a term of 25 years or less and a majority of the originated adjustable rate mortgages for its portfolio.
The Bank originates commercial real estate loans that are secured by income-producing properties such as multi-family apartment buildings, office buildings, and retail and industrial properties. Generally, these loans have terms of either 5 or 10 years.

The Bank historically provided construction loans for both single family and condominium projects intended for sale and commercial projects, including residential for rent projects, that will be retained as investments by the borrower. The Bank underwrites most construction loans for a term of three years or less. The majority of these loans are underwritten on a floating rate basis. The Bank recognizes that there is higher risk in construction lending than permanent lending. As such, the Bank takes certain precautions to mitigate this risk, including the retention of an outside engineering firm to perform plan and cost reviews and to review all construction advances made against work in place and a limitation on how and when loan proceeds are advanced. In most cases, for the single family/condominium projects, the Bank limits its exposure against houses or units that are not under contract. Similarly, commercial construction loans usually have commitments for significant pre-leasing, or funds are held back until the leases are finalized. Funding requirements and loan structure for residential for rent projects vary depending on whether such projects are vertical or horizontal construction.
The Bank originates consumer loans that are secured, in most cases, by a borrower’s assets. Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit that are secured by a first or second mortgage lien on the borrower’s residence comprise the largest category of the Bank’s consumer loan portfolio. The Bank’s consumer loan portfolio also includes marine loans made on an indirect basis that are secured by a first lien on recreational boats. The marine loans were generated via boat dealers located on the East Coast of the United States. The Bank discontinued indirect marine lending in 2010. Marine loans are currently made on a direct, limited accommodation basis to existing customers.
Commercial loans are made to businesses of varying size and type within the Bank’s market. The Bank lends to established businesses, and the loans are generally secured by business assets such as equipment, receivables, inventory, real estate or marketable securities. On a limited basis, the Bank makes unsecured commercial loans. Most commercial lines of credit are made on a floating interest rate basis and most term loans are made on a fixed interest rate basis, usually with terms of five years or less.

3



Loan Portfolio Composition. Set forth below is selected information concerning the composition of the loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages (after deductions for deferred fees and costs, unearned discounts and premiums and allowances for losses) as of the dates indicated.
At December 31,
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential mortgage loans
$
1,174,043

22.89
%
$
1,265,015

26.17
%
$
1,308,635

28.58
%
$
1,386,326

31.93
%
$
1,491,358

34.49
%
Commercial mortgage loans
1,400,624

27.30

1,349,950

27.92

1,253,542

27.37

1,180,147

27.19

1,089,937

25.21

Multi-family mortgage loans
928,906

18.11

723,958

14.98

564,147

12.32

387,189

8.92

227,663

5.27

Construction loans
183,289

3.57

120,133

2.48

114,817

2.51

125,192

2.88

195,889

4.53

Total mortgage loans
3,686,862

71.87

3,459,056

71.55

3,241,141

70.78

3,078,854

70.92

3,004,847

69.50

Commercial loans
932,199

18.17

866,395

17.92

849,009

18.54

755,487

17.40

785,818

18.18

Consumer loans
577,602

11.26

579,166

11.98

560,970

12.25

569,597

13.12

586,459

13.56

Total gross loans
5,196,663

101.30

4,904,617

101.45

4,651,120

101.57

4,403,938

101.45

4,377,124

101.24

Premiums on purchased loans
4,202

0.08

4,964

0.10

5,823

0.13

6,771

0.16

8,012

0.19

Unearned discounts
(62
)

(78
)

(100
)

(104
)

(266
)
(0.01
)
Net deferred costs (fees)
(5,990
)
(0.12
)
(4,804
)
(0.10
)
(3,334
)
(0.07
)
(792
)
(0.02
)
(676
)
(0.02
)
Total loans
5,194,813

101.26

4,904,699

101.45

4,653,509

101.63

4,409,813

101.58

4,384,194

101.40

Allowance for loan losses
(64,664
)
(1.26
)
(70,348
)
(1.45
)
(74,351
)
(1.62
)
(68,722
)
(1.58
)
(60,744
)
(1.40
)
Total loans, net
$
5,130,149

100.00
%
$
4,834,351

100.00
%
$
4,579,158

100.00
%
$
4,341,091

100.00
%
$
4,323,450

100.00
%

Loan Maturity Schedule. The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2013 , regarding the maturities of loans in the loan portfolio. Demand loans having no stated schedule of repayment and no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported as due within one year.
Within
One Year
One
Through
Three
Years
Three
Through
Five Years
Five
Through
Ten Years
Ten
Through
Twenty
Years
Beyond
Twenty
Years
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential mortgage loans
$
1,801

$
4,616

$
39,156

$
84,149

$
418,909

$
625,412

$
1,174,043

Commercial mortgage loans
79,235

132,317

271,195

790,771

127,012

94

1,400,624

Multi-family mortgage loans
11,515

73,471

41,603

600,108

202,116

93

928,906

Construction loans
72,470

101,819


9,000



183,289

Total mortgage loans
165,021

312,223

351,954

1,484,028

748,037

625,599

3,686,862

Commercial loans
213,753

147,722

108,518

367,005

77,931

17,270

932,199

Consumer loans
23,503

8,391

23,405

90,344

331,647

100,312

577,602

Total loans
$
402,277

$
468,336

$
483,877

$
1,941,377

$
1,157,615

$
743,181

$
5,196,663



4



Fixed- and Adjustable-Rate Loan Schedule. The following table sets forth at December 31, 2013 , the dollar amount of all fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans due after December 31, 2014.
Due After December 31, 2014
Fixed
Adjustable
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential mortgage loans
$
770,172

$
402,070

$
1,172,242

Commercial mortgage loans
719,515

601,874

1,321,389

Multi-family mortgage loans
541,196

376,195

917,391

Construction loans

110,819

110,819

Total mortgage loans
2,030,883

1,490,958

3,521,841

Commercial loans
318,905

399,541

718,446

Consumer loans
367,418

186,681

554,099

Total loans
$
2,717,206

$
2,077,180

$
4,794,386


Residential Mortgage Loans. The Bank originates residential mortgage loans secured by first mortgages on one- to four-family residences, generally located in the State of New Jersey. The Bank originates residential mortgages primarily through commissioned mortgage representatives and through the Internet. The Bank originates both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgages. As of December 31, 2013 , $ 1.17 billion or 22.9 % of the total portfolio consisted of residential real estate loans. Of the one- to four-family loans at that date, 65.8% were fixed-rate and 34.2% were adjustable-rate loans.
The Bank originates fixed-rate fully amortizing residential mortgage loans with the principal and interest due each month, that typically have maturities ranging from 10 to 30 years. The Bank also originates fixed-rate residential mortgage loans with maturities of 15, 20 and 30 years that require the payment of principal and interest on a biweekly basis. Fixed-rate jumbo residential mortgage loans (loans over the maximum that one of the government-sponsored agencies will purchase) are originated with maturities of up to 30 years. The Bank has offered adjustable-rate mortgage loans with a fixed-rate period of 1, 3, 5, 7 or 10 years prior to the first annual interest rate adjustment. In October 2009, the Bank discontinued the origination of one- and three-year adjustable rate mortgage loans. The standard adjustment formula is the one-year constant maturity Treasury rate plus 2 3 / 4 %, adjusting annually with a 2% maximum annual adjustment and a 6% maximum adjustment over the life of the loan.
The Bank does not originate or purchase sub-prime or option ARM loans. Prior to September 30, 2008, the Bank originated on a limited basis “Alt-A” mortgages in the form of stated income loans with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 50%. The balance of these “Alt-A” loans at December 31, 2013 was $7.5 million.
Residential loans are primarily underwritten to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae standards. The Bank’s standard maximum loan to value ratio is 80%. However, working through mortgage insurance companies, the Bank underwrites loans for sale to Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae programs that will finance up to 95% of the value of the residence. Generally all fixed-rate loans with terms of 20 years or more are sold into the secondary market with servicing rights retained. Fixed-rate residential mortgage loans retained in the Bank’s portfolio generally include loans with a term of 15 years or less and biweekly payment residential mortgage loans with a term of 25 years or less. The Bank retains the majority of the originated adjustable-rate mortgages for its portfolio.
Loans are sold without recourse, generally with servicing rights retained by the Bank. The percentage of loans sold into the secondary market will vary depending upon interest rates and the Bank’s strategies for reducing exposure to interest rate risk. In 2013 , $31.0 million, or 25.3% of residential real estate loans originated were sold into the secondary market. All of the loans sold in 2013 were long-term, fixed-rate mortgages.
The retention of adjustable-rate mortgages, as opposed to longer-term, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans, helps reduce the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risk. However, adjustable-rate mortgages generally pose credit risks different from the credit risks inherent in fixed-rate loans primarily because as interest rates rise, the underlying debt service payments of the borrowers rise, thereby increasing the potential for default. The Bank believes that these credit risks, which have not had a material adverse effect on the Bank to date, generally are less onerous than the interest rate risk associated with holding 20- and 30-year fixed-rate loans in its loan portfolio.
For many years, the Bank has offered discounted rates on residential mortgage loans to low- to moderate-income individuals. Loans originated in this category over the last five years have totaled $43.0 million. The Bank also offers a special rate program for first-time homebuyers under which originations have totaled over $2.7 million for the past five years.

5



Commercial Real Estate Loans. The Bank originates loans secured by mortgages on various commercial income producing properties, including multi-family apartment buildings, office buildings and retail and industrial properties. Commercial real estate loans were 27.3 % of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 . A substantial majority of the Bank’s commercial real estate loans are secured by properties located in the State of New Jersey.
The Bank originates commercial real estate loans with adjustable rates and with fixed interest rates for a period that is generally five to ten years or less, which may adjust after the initial period. Typically these loans are written for maturities of ten years or less and generally have an amortization schedule of 20 or 25 years. As a result, the typical amortization schedule will result in a substantial principal payment upon maturity. The Bank generally underwrites commercial real estate loans to a maximum 75% advance against either the appraised value of the property, or its purchase price (for loans to fund the acquisition of real estate), whichever is less. The Bank generally requires minimum debt service coverage of 1.20 times. There is a potential risk that the borrower may be unable to pay off or refinance the outstanding balance at the loan maturity date. The Bank typically lends to experienced owners or developers who have knowledge and contacts in the commercial real estate market.
Among the reasons for the Bank’s continued emphasis on commercial real estate lending is the desire to invest in assets bearing interest rates that are generally higher than interest rates on residential mortgage loans and more sensitive to changes in market interest rates. Commercial real estate loans, however, entail significant additional credit risk as compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on commercial real estate loans secured by income-producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of the related real estate project and thus may be more significantly impacted by adverse conditions in the real estate market or in the economy generally.
The Bank performs more extensive diligence in underwriting commercial real estate loans than loans secured by owner-occupied one- to four-family residential properties due to the larger loan amounts and the riskier nature of such loans. The Bank assesses and mitigates the risk in several ways, including inspection of all such properties and the review of the overall financial condition of the borrower and guarantors, which may include, for example, the review of the rent rolls and the verification of income. If applicable, a tenant analysis and market analysis are part of the underwriting. Generally, for commercial real estate secured loans in excess of $750,000 and for all other commercial real estate loans where it is deemed appropriate, the Bank requires environmental experts to inspect the property and ascertain any potential environmental risks.
The Bank requires a full independent appraisal for commercial real estate in accordance with regulatory guidelines. The appraiser must be selected from the Bank’s approved list, or otherwise approved by the Chief Credit Officer in instances such as out-of-state or special use property. The Bank also employs an independent review appraiser to ensure that the appraisal meets the Bank’s standards. In addition, financial statements are required annually for review. The Bank’s policy also requires that a property inspection of commercial mortgages over $2.5 million be completed at least every 18 months, or more frequently when warranted.
The Bank’s largest commercial mortgage loan as of December 31, 2013 was a $28.4 million loan secured by a first mortgage lien on a 378 room, full service hotel and a 422 car parking garage located in Elizabeth, New Jersey. The loan has a risk rating of “4” (loans rated 1-4 are deemed to be “acceptable quality”—see discussion of the Bank’s nine-point risk rating system for loans under “Allowance for Loan Losses” in the “Asset Quality” section) and was performing in accordance with its terms and conditions as of December 31, 2013 .
Multi-family Loans. The Bank underwrites loans secured by apartment buildings that have five or more units. The Bank considers multi-family lending a component of the commercial real estate lending portfolio. The underwriting standards and procedures that are used to underwrite commercial real estate loans are used to underwrite multi-family loans, except the loan-to-value ratio shall not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property, the debt-service coverage should be a minimum of 1.15 times and an amortization period of up to 30 years.
The Bank’s largest multi-family loan as of December 31, 2013 was a $35.4 million loan on a newly constructed 220-unit luxury multi-family apartment project located in Howell, New Jersey. The loan has a risk rating of “4” (loans rated 1-4 are deemed to be “acceptable quality”—see discussion of the Bank’s nine-point risk rating system for loans under “Allowance for Loan Losses” in the “Asset Quality” section) and was performing in accordance with its terms and conditions as of December 31, 2013 .
Construction Loans. The Bank originates commercial construction loans. Commercial construction lending includes both new construction of residential and commercial real estate projects and the reconstruction of existing structures.
The Bank’s commercial construction financing takes two forms: projects that are constructed for investment purposes (rental property) and projects for sale (single family/condominiums). To mitigate the speculative nature of construction loans, the Bank generally requires significant pre-leasing on rental properties; requires that a percentage of the for sale single-family residences

6



or condominiums be under contract to support construction loan advances; requires other covenants on residential for rent projects depending on whether the project is vertical or horizontal construction.
The Bank underwrites construction loans for a term of three years or less. The majority of the Bank’s construction loans are floating-rate loans with a maximum 75% loan-to-value ratio for the completed project. The Bank employs professional engineering firms to assist in the review of construction cost estimates and make site inspections to determine if the work has been completed prior to the advance of funds for the project.
Construction lending generally involves a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family mortgage lending. Repayment of a construction loan is, to a great degree, dependent upon the successful and timely completion of the construction of the subject project and the successful marketing of the sale or lease of the project. Construction delays, slower than anticipated absorption or the financial impairment of the builder may negatively affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.
For all construction loans, the Bank requires an independent appraisal, which includes information on market rents and/or comparable sales for competing projects. The Bank also obtains personal guarantees and conducts environmental due diligence as appropriate.
The Bank also employs other means to mitigate the risk of the construction lending process. On commercial construction projects that the developer maintains for rental, the Bank typically holds back funds for tenant improvements until a lease is executed. For single family/condominium financing, the Bank generally requires payment for the release of a unit that exceeds the amount of the loan advance attributable to such unit.
The Bank’s largest construction loan as of December 31, 2013 was a $28.0 million loan secured by a first lien on a new 250 unit luxury multi-family apartment project located in Woolwich Township, Gloucester County, New Jersey. The loan had an outstanding balance of $25.6 million at December 31, 2013 . The project is approximately 90% complete with 149 units leased and occupied. The loan has a risk rating of “4” (loans rated 1-4 are deemed to be “acceptable quality”—see discussion of the Bank’s nine-point risk rating system for loans under “Allowance for Loan Losses” in the “Asset Quality” section) and was performing in accordance with its terms and conditions as of December 31, 2013 .
Commercial Loans. The Bank underwrites commercial loans to corporations, partnerships and other businesses. Commercial loans represented 18.2 % of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 . The majority of the Bank’s commercial loan customers are local businesses with revenues of less than $50.0 million. The Bank primarily offers commercial loans for equipment purchases, lines of credit for working capital purposes, letters of credit and real estate loans where the borrower is the primary occupant of the property. Most commercial loans are originated on a floating-rate basis and the majority of fixed-rate commercial term loans are fully amortized over a five-year period. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are generally underwritten to terms consistent with those utilized for commercial real estate; however, the maximum loan-to-value ratio for owner-occupied commercial real estate loans is 80%.
The Bank also underwrites Small Business Administration (“SBA”) guaranteed loans and guaranteed or assisted loans through various state, county and municipal programs. These governmental guarantees are typically used in cases where the borrower requires additional credit support. The Bank has “Preferred Lender” status with the SBA, allowing a more streamlined application and approval process.
The underwriting of a commercial loan is based upon a review of the financial statements of the prospective borrower and guarantors. In most cases the Bank obtains a general lien on accounts receivable and inventory, along with the specific collateral such as real estate or equipment, as appropriate.
Commercial loans generally bear higher interest rates than mortgage loans, but they also involve a higher risk of default since their repayment is generally dependent on the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself and the general economic environment. The Bank’s largest commercial loan as of December 31, 2013 was a $38.0 million line of credit to a general contracting company specializing in bridge and highway construction with a risk rating of "3" (loans rated 1-4 are deemed “acceptable quality”-see discussion of the Bank’s nine-point risk rating system for loans under “Allowance for Loan Losses” in the “Asset Quality” section). The line is used primarily for bid bonding and working capital purposes. The Bank sold a participation interest of $10.0 million in the line of credit to another financial institution, which reduced the Bank’s exposure to $28.0 million. As of December 31, 2013 , the line of credit did not have an outstanding balance.
Consumer Loans. The Bank offers a variety of consumer loans to individuals. Consumer loans represented 11.3 % of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 . Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit constituted 90.4% of the consumer loan portfolio and indirect marine loans constituted 5.8% of the consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013 . The remainder of the consumer loan portfolio includes personal loans and unsecured lines of credit, direct auto loans and recreational vehicle loans,

7



which represented 3.8% of the consumer loan portfolio. The Bank no longer purchases indirect auto, marine or recreational vehicle loans.
Interest rates on home equity loans are fixed for a term not to exceed 20 years and the maximum loan amount is $500,000. A portion of the home equity loan portfolio includes “first lien product loans,” under which the Bank has offered special rates to borrowers who refinance first mortgage loans on the home equity (first lien) basis. As of December 31, 2013, there was $295.9 million of first-lien home equity loans outstanding. The Bank’s home equity lines are made at floating interest rates and the Bank provides lines of credit of up to $350,000. The approved home equity lines and utilization amounts as of December 31, 2013 were $445.1 million and $180.7 million, respectively, representing utilization of 40.6%.
The Bank previously purchased marine loans from established dealers and brokers located on the East Coast of the United States, which were underwritten to the Bank’s pre-established underwriting standards. The maximum marine loan is $500,000. All marine loans are collateralized by a first lien on the vessel. Originations of marine loans have declined significantly as the Bank discontinued indirect marine lending in 2010. Marine loans are currently made only on a direct, limited accommodation basis to existing customers. At December 31, 2013 , marine loans totaled $33.4 million.
Consumer loans generally entail greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of home equity loans and lines of credit secured by second lien positions, consumer loans that are unsecured or that are secured by assets that tend to depreciate, such as automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles. Collateral repossessed by the Bank from a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance, and the remaining deficiency may warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent upon the borrower’s continued financial stability, and which is more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount the Bank can recover on such loans.
Loan Originations, Purchases, and Repayments. The following table sets forth the Bank’s loan origination, purchase and repayment activities for the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Originations :
Residential mortgage
$
122,492

$
184,327

$
146,742

Commercial mortgage
254,087

270,190

240,930

Multi-family mortgage
294,288

219,068

150,625

Construction
182,895

92,291

119,245

Commercial
711,248

658,228

664,199

Consumer
205,282

228,401

184,955

Subtotal of loans originated
1,770,292

1,652,505

1,506,696

Loans purchased
34,766

73,740

79,521

Total loans originated
1,805,058

1,726,245

1,586,217

Loans sold or securitized
30,977

36,723

21,394

Repayments :
Residential mortgage
228,195

270,251

285,848

Commercial mortgage
216,068

179,937

159,742

Multi-family mortgage
137,576

59,599

21,065

Construction
47,835

73,116

86,447

Commercial
635,764

622,851

555,535

Consumer
203,256

206,654

187,040

Total repayments
1,468,694

1,412,408

1,295,677

Total reductions
1,499,671

1,449,131

1,317,071

Other items, net (1)
(15,273
)
(25,924
)
(25,450
)
Net increase
$
290,114

$
251,190

$
243,696


(1)
Other items include charge-offs, deferred fees and expenses, discounts and premiums.

8



Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. The Bank’s Board of Directors approves the Lending Policy on an annual basis as well as on an interim basis as modifications are warranted. The Lending Policy sets the Bank’s lending authority for each type of loan. The Bank’s lending officers are assigned dollar authority limits based upon their experience and expertise. All loan approvals require joint lending authority.
The largest individual lending authority is $10.0 million, which is only available to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Lending Officer for permanent commercial real estate loans. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Lending Officer have individual lending authority up to $7.5 million for all other loan facilities. Loans in excess of these limits, or which when combined with existing credits of the borrower or related borrowers exceed these limits, are presented to the management Credit Committee for approval. The Credit Committee currently consists of seven senior officers including the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Lending Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Credit Officer, and requires a majority vote for credit approval.
While the Bank discourages loan policy exceptions, from time to time, based upon reasonable business considerations exceptions to the policy may be warranted. The business reason and mitigants for the exception must be noted on the loan approval document. The policy exception requires the approval of the Chief Lending Officer or the Department Manager of the lending department responsible for the underlying loan, if it is within his or her approval authority limit. All other policy exceptions must be approved by the Credit Committee. The Credit Administration Department reports the type and frequency of loan policy exceptions to the Credit Committee and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if necessary.
The Bank has adopted a risk rating system as part of the credit risk assessment of its loan portfolio. The Bank’s commercial real estate and commercial lending officers are required to assign a risk rating to each loan in their portfolio at origination. When the lender learns of important financial developments, the risk rating is reviewed accordingly. Similarly, the Credit Committee can adjust a risk rating. Quarterly, management’s Credit Risk Management Committee meets to review all loans rated a “watch” ("5") or worse. In addition, a loan review examination is performed by an independent third party which validates the risk ratings. In addition, the Bank requires an annual review be performed for commercial and commercial real estate loans above certain dollar thresholds, depending on loan type, to help determine the appropriate risk ratings. The risk ratings play an important role in the establishment of the loan loss provision and to confirm the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
Loans to One Borrower. The regulatory limit on total loans to any borrower or attributed to any one borrower is 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. As of December 31, 2013 , the regulatory lending limit was $95.0 million. The Bank’s current internal policy limit on total loans to a borrower or related borrowers that constitute a group exposure is up to $80.0 million for loans with a risk rating of 2 or better, $70.0 million for loans with a risk rating of "3" and $50.0 million for loans with a risk rating of "4". The Bank reviews these group exposures on a quarterly basis. The Bank also sets additional limits on size of loans by loan type.
At December 31, 2013 , the Bank’s largest group exposure with an individual borrower and its related entities was $72.1 million, consisting of two construction/permanent first mortgages on a 454-unit multi-family apartment project being constructed in New Jersey (one has a risk rating of "3" and the other has a risk rating of "4"), a permanent mortgage secured by a first lien on a 150 unit apartment project in New Jersey with a risk rating of "2", and a line of credit secured by a 108 unit apartment project in Allentown, Pennsylvania with a risk rating of 2. The borrower, headquartered in New Jersey, is an experienced real estate owner and developer in New Jersey and Eastern Pennsylvania. Management has determined that this exception to the internal group exposure policy limit is manageable and is mitigated by the borrower’s diverse revenue mix, as well as its reputation and proven successful track record. This lending relationship was approved as an exception to the internal policy limits by the management Credit Committee and reported to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, and conformed to the regulatory limit applicable to the Bank at the time of loan origination. As of December 31, 2013 , all of the loans in this lending relationship were performing in accordance with their respective terms and conditions.
As of December 31, 2013 , the Bank had $1.7 billion in loans outstanding to its 50 largest borrowers and their related entities.
ASSET QUALITY
General. One of the Bank’s key objectives has been and continues to be to maintain a high level of asset quality. In addition to maintaining sound credit standards for new loan originations, the Bank employs proactive collection and workout processes in dealing with delinquent or problem loans. The Bank actively markets properties that it acquires through foreclosure or otherwise in the loan collection process.
Collection Procedures. In the case of residential mortgage and consumer loans, the collections personnel in the Bank’s Asset Recovery Department are responsible for collection activities from the sixteenth day of delinquency. Collection efforts include automated notices of delinquency, telephone calls, letters and other notices to delinquent borrowers. Foreclosure proceedings and other appropriate collection activities such as repossession of collateral are commenced within at least 90 to 120 days after a loan

9



is delinquent. Periodic inspections of real estate and other collateral are conducted throughout the collection process. The Bank’s collection procedures for Federal Housing Association (“FHA”) and Veteran’s Administration (“VA”) one- to four-family mortgage loans follow the collection guidelines outlined by those agencies.
Real estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure or in connection with a loan workout are held as foreclosed assets. The Bank carries other real estate owned and other foreclosed assets at the lower of their cost or their fair value less estimated selling costs. The Bank attempts to sell the property at foreclosure sale or as soon as practical after the foreclosure sale through a proactive marketing effort.
The collection procedures for commercial real estate and commercial loans include sending periodic late notices and letters to a borrower once a loan is past due. The Bank attempts to make direct contact with a borrower once a loan is 16 days past due, usually by telephone. The Chief Lending Officer and Chief Credit Officer review all commercial real estate and commercial loan delinquencies on a weekly basis. Generally, delinquent commercial real estate and commercial loans are transferred to the Asset Recovery Department for further action if the delinquency is not cured within a reasonable period of time, typically 60 to 90 days. The Chief Lending Officer and Chief Credit Officer have the authority to transfer performing commercial real estate or commercial loans to the Asset Recovery Department if, in their opinion, a credit problem exists or is likely to occur.
Loans deemed uncollectible are proposed for charge-off on a monthly basis. Any charge-off recommendation of $250,000 or greater is submitted to Executive Management for approval.
Delinquent Loans and Non-performing Loans and Assets. The Bank’s policies require that the Chief Credit Officer continuously monitor the status of the loan portfolios and report to the Board of Directors on a monthly basis. These reports include information on impaired loans, delinquent loans, criticized and classified assets, and foreclosed assets. An impaired loan is defined as a non-homogenous loan greater than $1.0 million for which it is probable, based on current information, that the Bank will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans also include all loans modified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A loan is deemed to be a TDR when a modification resulting in a concession is made by the Bank in an effort to mitigate potential loss arising from a borrower’s financial difficulty. Smaller balance homogeneous loans including residential mortgages and other consumer loans are evaluated collectively for impairment and are excluded from the definition of impaired loans, except for TDRs. Impaired loans are individually identified and reviewed to determine that each loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the related collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows. As of December 31, 2013 , there were 152 impaired loans totaling $106.4 million, of which 142 loans totaling $89.4 million were TDRs. Included in this total were 115 TDRs to 110 borrowers totaling $58.2 million that were performing in accordance with their restructured terms and which continued to accrue interest at December 31, 2013 .
Interest income stops accruing on loans when interest or principal payments are 90 days in arrears or earlier when the timely collectability of such interest or principal is doubtful. When the accrual of interest on a loan is stopped, the loan is designated as a non-accrual loan and the outstanding unpaid interest previously credited is reversed. A non-accrual loan is returned to accrual status when factors indicating doubtful collection no longer exist, the loan has been brought current and the borrower demonstrates some period (generally six months) of timely contractual payments.
Federal and state regulations as well as the Bank’s policy require the Bank to utilize an internal risk rating system as a means of reporting problem and potential problem assets. Under this system, the Bank classifies problem and potential problem assets as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the Bank will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the Bank to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories, but possess weaknesses, are designated “special mention.”
General valuation allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When the Bank classifies one or more assets, or portions thereof, as “substandard” or “doubtful,” the Bank may establish a specific allowance for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management. When the Bank classifies one or more assets, or portions thereof, as “loss,” the Bank is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of the amount of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount.
The Bank’s determination as to the classification of assets and the amount of the valuation allowances is subject to review by the FDIC and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, each of which can require the establishment of additional

10



general or specific loss allowances. The FDIC, in conjunction with the other federal banking agencies, issued an interagency policy statement on the allowance for loan and lease losses. The policy statement provides updated guidance for financial institutions on both the responsibilities of the board of directors and management for the maintenance of adequate allowances, and guidance for banking agency examiners to use in determining the adequacy of general valuation allowances. Generally, the policy statement reaffirms that institutions should have effective loan review systems and controls to identify, monitor and address asset quality problems; that loans deemed uncollectible are promptly charged off; and that the institution’s process for determining an adequate level for its valuation allowance is based on a comprehensive, adequately documented, and consistently applied analysis of the institution’s loan and lease portfolio. While management believes that on the basis of information currently available to it, the allowance for loans losses is adequate as of December 31, 2013 , actual losses are dependent upon future events and, as such, further additions to the level of allowances for loan losses may become necessary.
Loans are classified in accordance with the risk rating system described previously. At December 31, 2013 , $137.4 million of loans were classified as “substandard,” which consisted of $ 55.0 million in commercial and multi-family mortgage loans, $ 46.7 million in commercial loans, $ 23.0 million in residential loans, $ 8.4 million in construction loans and $ 4.2 million in consumer loans. At that same date, loans classified as “doubtful” totaled $ 649,000 , consisting solely of commercial loans. There were no loans classified as “loss” at December 31, 2013 . As of December 31, 2013 , $ 51.0 million of loans were designated “special mention.”
The following table sets forth delinquencies in the loan portfolio as of the dates indicated.
At December 31, 2013
At December 31, 2012
At December 31, 2011
60-89 Days
90 Days or More
60-89 Days
90 Days or More
60-89 Days
90 Days or More
Number
of
Loans
Principal
Balance
of Loans
Number
of
Loans
Principal
Balance
of Loans
Number
of
Loans
Principal
Balance
of Loans
Number
of
Loans
Principal
Balance
of Loans
Number
of
Loans
Principal
Balance
of Loans
Number
of
Loans
Principal
Balance
of Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential mortgage loans
23

$
5,062

116

$
23,011

43

$
11,986

146

$
29,293

35

$
7,936

184

$
40,386

Commercial mortgage loans
1

318

12

6,189

5

12,194

11

14,932

2

1,155

9

11,928

Multi-family mortgage loans


2

403



2

412



1

997

Construction loans












Total mortgage loans
24

5,380

130

29,603

48

24,180

159

44,637

37

9,091

194

53,311

Commercial loans
3

77

23

9,722

2

70

46

15,682

11

526

40

15,059

Consumer loans
23

2,194

49

3,819

33

1,808

65

5,666

29

1,908

78

8,533

Total loans
50

$
7,651

202

$
43,144

83

$
26,058

270

$
65,985

77

$
11,525

312

$
76,903


Non-Accrual Loans and Non-Performing Assets . The following table sets forth information regarding non-accrual loans and other non-performing assets. At December 31, 2013 , there were 27 TDRs totaling $31.2 million that were classified as non-accrual, compared to 14 non-accrual TDRs which totaled $25.6 million at December 31, 2012 ; no TDRs were non-accrual at the end of the prior period. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due or if they have been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectability of interest or principal.

11



At December 31,
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accruing loans:
Residential mortgage loans
$
23,011

$
29,293

$
40,386

$
41,247

$
28,622

Commercial mortgage loans
18,662

29,072

29,522

16,091

23,356

Multi-family mortgage loans
403

412

997

201


Construction loans
8,448

8,896

11,018

9,412

13,186

Commercial loans
22,228

25,467

32,093

23,505

12,548

Consumer loans
3,928

5,850

8,533

6,808

6,765

Total non-accruing loans
76,680

98,990

122,549

97,264

84,477

Accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more





Total non-performing loans
76,680

98,990

122,549

97,264

84,477

Foreclosed assets
5,486

12,473

12,802

2,858

6,384

Total non-performing assets
$
82,166

$
111,463

$
135,351

$
100,122

$
90,861

Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets
1.10
%
1.53
%
1.91
%
1.47
%
1.33
%
Total non-performing loans to total loans
1.48
%
2.02
%
2.63
%
2.21
%
1.93
%

Non-performing commercial mortgage loans decreased $ 10.4 million, to $ 18.7 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 29.1 million at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2013 , the Company held 15 non-performing commercial mortgage loans. The largest non-performing commercial mortgage loan was a $12.5 million loan secured by a first mortgage on a 200,000 square foot office/industrial building located in Eatontown, New Jersey, which has been negatively impacted by the loss of a major tenant that relied upon contracts with the Federal Government. The loan has been restructured and payments are current at December 31, 2013 . The borrower continues to make efforts to lease the property. There is no contractual commitment to advance additional funds to this borrower.
Non-performing residential mortgage loans decreased $ 6.3 million to $ 23.0 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 29.3 million at December 31, 2012 . Gross charge-offs of residential loans were $ 3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
Non-performing commercial loans decreased $ 3.2 million, to $ 22.2 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 25.5 million at December 31, 2012 . Non-performing commercial loans at December 31, 2013 consisted of 38 loans. The largest non-performing commercial loan relationship consisted of five loans to a power systems manufacturer with total outstanding balances of $8.0 million at December 31, 2013 . All contractual payments on these loans, based upon modified terms, were current at December 31, 2013 .
Non-performing consumer loans decreased $ 1.9 million, to $ 3.9 million at December 31, 2013 , from $5.9 million at December 31, 2012 . Gross consumer loan charge-offs were $ 3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
Non-performing construction loans decreased $ 448,000 , to $ 8.4 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 8.9 million at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2013 , non-performing construction loans consisted of one loan secured by a first mortgage on a 77,000 square foot newly constructed Class A office building, and a parcel of land with approvals for an 110,000 square foot office building located in Parsippany, New Jersey. The office building is completed, except for tenant improvements, but not leased due to weakness in the market. The property is being marketed and the principals are supporting the project. All contractual payments on this loan, based upon modified terms, were current at December 31, 2013 . The Company has an unfunded commitment of $3.6 million on this loan at December 31, 2013 .
Non-performing multi-family loans declined $ 9,000 to $ 403,000 at December 31, 2013 , from $ 412,000 at December 31, 2012 .
At December 31, 2013 , the Company held $ 5.5 million of foreclosed assets, compared with $ 12.5 million at December 31, 2012 . Foreclosed assets at December 31, 2013 are carried at fair value based on recent appraisals and valuation estimates, less estimated selling costs. Foreclosed assets consisted of $3.0 million of commercial real estate, $2.4 million of residential properties, and $59,000 of marine vessels at December 31, 2013 .

12



Non-performing assets totaled $ 82.2 million, or 1.10 % of total assets at December 31, 2013 , compared to $ 111.5 million, or 1.53 % of total assets at December 31, 2012 . If the non-accrual loans had performed in accordance with their original terms, interest income would have increased by $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 .
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a valuation account that reflects an evaluation of the probable losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is maintained through provisions for loan losses that are charged to income. Charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses are taken on loans where it is determined the collection of loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries made on loans that have been charged-off are credited to the allowance for loan losses.
Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses includes the review of all loans on which the collectability of principal may not be reasonably assured. For residential mortgage and consumer loans, this is determined primarily by delinquency and collateral values. For commercial real estate and commercial loans, an extensive review of financial performance, payment history and collateral values is conducted on a quarterly basis.
As part of the evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, each quarter management prepares an analysis that categorizes the entire loan portfolio by certain risk characteristics such as loan type (residential mortgage, commercial mortgage, construction, commercial, etc.) and loan risk rating. The factors considered in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses include the following:
results of the routine loan quality reviews performed by an independent third party;
general economic and business conditions affecting key lending areas;
credit quality trends (including trends in non-performing loans and anticipated trends based on market conditions);
collateral values;
loan volumes and concentrations;
seasoning of the loan portfolio;
specific industry conditions within portfolio segments;
recent loss experience in particular segments of the loan portfolio; and
duration of the current business cycle.
When assigning a risk rating to a loan, management utilizes the Bank’s internal nine-point risk rating system. Loans deemed to be “acceptable quality” are rated 1 through 4, with a rating of 1 established for loans with minimal risk. Loans that are deemed to be of “questionable quality” are rated 5 (watch) or 6 (special mention). Loans with adverse classifications (substandard, doubtful or loss) are rated 7, 8 or 9, respectively. Commercial mortgage, commercial, multi-family and construction loans are rated individually, and each lending officer is responsible for risk rating loans in his or her portfolio. These risk ratings are then reviewed by the department manager and/or the Chief Lending Officer and by the Credit Administration Department. The risk ratings for loans requiring Credit Committee approval are periodically reviewed by the Credit Committee in the credit approval or renewal process. The risk ratings are also confirmed through periodic loan review examinations, which are currently performed by an independent third party. Reports by the independent third party are presented directly to the Audit and Risk Committees of the Board of Directors.
Each quarter, the lending groups prepare individual Credit Risk Management Reports for the Credit Administration Department. These reports review all commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans that have been determined to involve above-average risk (risk rating of 5 or worse). The Credit Risk Management Reports contain the reason for the risk rating assigned to each loan, status of the loan and any current developments. These reports are submitted to a committee chaired by the Chief Credit Officer. Each loan officer reviews the loan and the corresponding Credit Risk Management Report with the committee and the risk rating is evaluated for appropriateness.
Management assigns general valuation allowance (“GVA”) percentages to each risk rating category for use in allocating the allowance for loan losses, giving consideration to historical loss experience by loan type, as well as qualitative and environmental factors such as:
levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans;
levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;
trends in volume and terms of loans;
effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, changes in lending policies, procedures and practices;

13



changes in the quality of the Bank’s loan review system;
experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;
national and local economic trends and conditions;
industry conditions; and
effects of changes in credit concentration.
The appropriateness of these percentages is evaluated by management at least annually and monitored on a quarterly basis, with changes made when they are required. In the second quarter of 2013, management completed its most recent evaluation of the GVA percentages. As a result of that evaluation, GVA percentages applied to residential mortgage, first-lien home equity loans and commercial mortgage loans were reduced to reflect the decrease in the historical loss experience. In addition, multi-family loans were segregated from other commercial mortgage loans as a result of differing risk characteristics and were assigned GVA percentages accordingly. Multi-family GVAs were established at levels lower than when previously included with other commercial mortgage loans as a result of lower historical loss experience resulting from the diverse cash flow sources supporting these loans.
The reserve factors applied to each loan risk rating are inherently subjective in nature. Reserve factors are assigned to each of the risk rating categories. This methodology permits adjustments to the allowance for loan losses in the event that, in management’s judgment, significant conditions impacting the credit quality and collectability of the loan portfolio as of the evaluation date are not otherwise adequately reflected in the analysis.
The provision for loan losses is established after considering the allowance for loan loss analysis, the amount of the allowance for loan losses in relation to the total loan balance, loan portfolio growth, loan portfolio composition, loan delinquency trends and peer group analysis. As a result of this process, management has established an unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses. The unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses is warranted based on factors such as the geographic concentration of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and imprecision related to collateral valuations.
Management believes the primary risks inherent in the portfolio are a decline in the economy, generally, a decline in real estate market values, rising unemployment or a protracted period of unemployment at current elevated levels, increasing vacancy rates in commercial investment properties and possible increases in interest rates in the absence of economic improvement. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect borrowers’ ability to repay the loans, resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of provisions. Accordingly, the Company has provided for loan losses at the current level to address the current risk in its loan portfolio. Management considers it important to maintain the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans at an acceptable level given current economic conditions, interest rates and the composition of the portfolio. Management will continue to review the entire loan portfolio to determine the extent, if any, to which further additional loan loss provisions may be deemed necessary. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses related to specifically identified loans as well as probable losses inherent in the remaining loan portfolio. There can be no assurance that the allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover all losses that may in fact be realized in the future or that additional provisions for loan losses will not be required.

14



Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
70,348

$
74,351

$
68,722

$
60,744

$
47,712

Charge offs:
Residential mortgage loans
3,900

4,622

5,229

1,996

2,712

Commercial mortgage loans
2,882

3,253

3,408

10,452

619

Multi-family mortgage loans

19




Construction loans
234

238

123

1,384

1,089

Commercial loans
3,686

12,259

8,634

11,196

7,576

Consumer loans
3,704

3,516

7,659

4,439

7,624

Total
14,406

23,907

25,053

29,467

19,620

Recoveries:
Residential mortgage loans
160

105

197

359

19

Commercial mortgage loans
104

56

15

30

6

Multi-family mortgage loans

1




Construction loans
869


4

47


Commercial loans
1,075

2,771

1,018

727

1,367

Consumer loans
1,014

971

548

782

1,010

Total
3,222

3,904

1,782

1,945

2,402

Net charge-offs
11,184

20,003

23,271

27,522

17,218

Provision for loan losses
5,500

16,000

28,900

35,500

30,250

Balance at end of period
$
64,664

$
70,348

$
74,351

$
68,722

$
60,744

Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding during the period
0.22
%
0.43
%
0.52
%
0.64
%
0.39
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
1.24
%
1.43
%
1.60
%
1.56
%
1.39
%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
84.33
%
71.07
%
60.67
%
70.66
%
71.91
%

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category for the periods indicated. This allocation is based on management’s assessment, as of a given point in time, of the risk characteristics of each of the component parts of the total loan portfolio and is subject to changes as and when the risk factors of each such component part change. The allocation is neither indicative of the specific amounts or the loan categories in which future charge-offs may be taken, nor is it an indicator of future loss trends. The allocation of the allowance to each category does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.

15



At December 31,
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Amount of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
Amount of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Percent of
Loans  in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
Amount of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
Amount of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
Amount of
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential mortgage loans
$
5,500

22.60
%
$
6,053

25.79
%
$
5,873

28.14
%
$
6,628

31.48
%
$
5,324

34.07
%
Commercial mortgage loans
16,404

26.96

21,639

27.52

22,308

26.95

20,441

26.80

23,578

24.90

Multi-family mortgage loans
5,933

17.87

7,163

14.76

6,933

12.13

4,065

8.79

2,309

5.20

Construction loans
6,307

3.52

3,107

2.45

4,329

2.47

7,282

2.84

4,134

4.48

Commercial loans
24,107

17.93

20,315

17.67

25,381

18.25

22,210

17.15

16,572

17.95

Consumer loans
4,929

11.12

5,224

11.81

5,515

12.06

5,616

12.94

5,964

13.40

Unallocated
1,484


6,847


4,012


2,480


2,863


Total
$
64,664

100.00
%
$
70,348

100.00
%
$
74,351

100.00
%
$
68,722

100.00
%
$
60,744

100.00
%

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
General. The Board of Directors annually approves the Investment Policy for the Bank and the Company. The Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer are authorized by the Board to implement the Investment Policy and establish investment strategies. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer are authorized to make investment decisions consistent with the Investment Policy. Investment transactions for the Bank are reported to the Board of Directors of the Bank on a monthly basis.
The Investment Policy is designed to generate a favorable rate of return, consistent with established guidelines for liquidity, safety, duration and diversification, and to complement the lending activities of the Bank. Investment decisions are made in accordance with the policy and are based on credit quality, interest rate risk, balance sheet composition, market expectations, liquidity, income and collateral needs.
The Investment Policy does not currently permit the purchase of any securities that are below investment grade.
The investment strategy is to maximize the return on the investment portfolio consistent with the Investment Policy. The investment strategy considers the Bank’s and the Company’s interest rate risk position as well as liquidity, loan demand and other factors. Acceptable investment securities include U.S. Treasury and Agency obligations, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), corporate debt obligations, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed securities, commercial paper, mutual funds, bankers’ acceptances and Federal funds. Securities purchased for the investment portfolio require a minimum credit rating of “A” by Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s at the time of purchase.
Securities in the investment portfolio are classified as held to maturity, available for sale or held for trading. Securities that are classified as held to maturity are securities that the Bank or the Company has the intent and ability to hold until their contractual maturity date and are reported at cost. Securities that are classified as available for sale are reported at fair value. Available for sale securities include U.S. Treasury and Agency obligations, U.S. Agency and privately-issued CMOs, corporate debt obligations and equities. Sales of securities may occur from time to time in response to changes in market rates and liquidity needs and to facilitate balance sheet reallocation to effectively manage interest rate risk. At the present time, there are no securities that are classified as held for trading.
Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if any securities with a market value below book value were other-than-temporarily impaired. If such an impairment were deemed other-than-temporary, management would measure the total credit-related component of the unrealized loss, and the Company would recognize that portion of the loss as a charge to current period earnings. The remaining portion of the unrealized loss would be recognized as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair value of the securities portfolio is significantly affected by changes in interest rates. In general, as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed-rate securities decreases and as interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed-rate securities increases. The market for non-investment grade, privately issued mortgage-backed securities remains illiquid and prices have not appreciated despite favorable movements in interest rates. The Company evaluates if it has the intent to sell these securities and if it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the securities before the anticipated recovery.
CMOs are a type of debt security issued by a special-purpose entity that aggregates pools of mortgages and mortgage-related securities and creates different classes of CMO securities with varying maturities and amortization schedules as well as a residual

16



interest with each class possessing different risk characteristics. In contrast to pass-through mortgage-backed securities from which cash flow is received (and prepayment risk is shared) pro rata by all securities holders, the cash flow from the mortgages or mortgage-related securities underlying CMOs is paid in accordance with predetermined priority to investors holding various tranches of such securities or obligations. A particular tranche of CMOs may therefore carry prepayment risk that differs from that of both the underlying collateral and other tranches. Accordingly, CMOs attempt to moderate risks associated with conventional mortgage-related securities resulting from unexpected prepayment activity. In declining interest rate environments, the Bank attempts to purchase CMOs with principal lock-out periods, reducing prepayment risk in the investment portfolio. During rising interest rate periods, the Bank’s strategy is to purchase CMOs that are receiving principal payments that can be reinvested at higher current yields. Investments in CMOs involve a risk that actual prepayments will differ from those estimated in pricing the security, which may result in adjustments to the net yield on such securities. Additionally, the fair value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in the market interest rates. Management believes these securities may represent attractive alternatives relative to other investments due to the wide variety of maturity, repayment and interest rate options available.
At December 31, 2013 , the Bank held $27.5 million in privately-issued CMOs in the investment portfolio. The Bank and the Company do not invest in collateralized debt obligations, mortgage-related securities secured by sub-prime loans, or any preferred equity securities.
Amortized Cost and Fair Value of Securities. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and fair values of the Company’s securities as of the dates indicated.
At December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Held to Maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities
$
5,273

$
5,520

$
11,123

$
11,583

$
22,321

$
23,180

FHLB obligations
895

893

500

500

500

504

FHLMC obligations
1,900

1,876

1,300

1,305

499

503

FNMA obligations
3,909

3,883

2,905

2,934

2,648

2,676

FFCB obligations
819

818





State and municipal obligations
334,750

332,987

336,078

350,825

314,108

330,902

Corporate obligations
9,954

9,936

7,558

7,769

8,242

8,531

Total held-to-maturity
$
357,500

$
355,913

$
359,464

$
374,916

$
348,318

$
366,296

Available for Sale:
State and municipal obligations
8,739

8,758

9,933

10,316

11,066

11,614

Mortgage-backed securities
1,060,013

1,054,974

1,134,647

1,162,325

1,221,988

1,251,003

FHLMC obligations
47,713

47,709

38,812

39,026

24,077

24,155

FHLB obligations
12,163

12,178

13,196

13,234

43,546

43,669

FNMA obligations
33,347

33,529

38,435

38,757

33,506

33,725

FFCB obligations




4,001

4,009

Corporate obligations




7,517

7,636

Equity securities
357

446

307

344

307

308

Total available for sale
$
1,162,332

$
1,157,594

$
1,235,330

$
1,264,002

$
1,346,008

$
1,376,119

Average expected life of
securities (1)
4.55 years

3.75 years

3.00 years

(1)
Average expected life is based on prepayment assumptions utilizing prevailing interest rates as of the reporting dates and does not include equity securities.

17



The aggregate carrying values and fair values of securities by issuer, where the aggregate book value of such securities exceeds ten percent of stockholders’ equity are as follows (in thousands):
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
At December 31, 2013:
FNMA
$
511,670

$
506,701

FHLMC
522,622

521,977

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the carrying value, weighted average yields and contractual maturities of the Company’s debt securities portfolio as of December 31, 2013 . No tax equivalent adjustments were made to the weighted average yields. Amounts are shown at amortized cost for held to maturity securities and at fair value for available for sale securities.
At December 31, 2013
One Year or Less
More Than One
Year to Five Years
More Than Five
Years to Ten Years
After Ten Years
Total
Carrying
Value
Weighted
Average
Yield
Carrying
Value
Weighted
Average
Yield
Carrying
Value
Weighted
Average
Yield
Carrying
Value
Weighted
Average
Yield
Carrying
Value
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
(Dollars in thousands)
Held to Maturity:
Mortgage-backed securities
$

%
$
3,802

4.15
%
$
1,471

5.15
%
$

%
$
5,273

4.43
%
Agency obligations


7,523

1.25





7,523

1.25

Corporate obligations
2,214

4.45

7,740

2.15





9,954

2.66

State and municipal obligations
22,987

2.46

33,224

3.64

119,121

3.29

159,418

2.82

334,750

3.05

Total held to maturity
$
25,201

2.64
%
$
52,289

3.11
%
$
120,592

3.31
%
$
159,418

2.82
%
$
357,500

3.02
%
Available for sale:
State and municipal obligations
$
1,044

3.34
%
$
4,847

4.11
%
%
%
$
2,867

2.78
%
$
8,758

3.58
%
Mortgage-backed securities
4

5.37

18,260

4.22

102,376

3.07

934,334

2.62

1,054,974

2.69

Agency obligations
20,144

0.72

73,272

0.89





93,416

0.85

Total available for sale (2)
$
21,192

0.85
%
$
96,379

1.68
%
$
102,376

3.07
%
$
937,201

2.62
%
$
1,157,148

2.55
%
(1)
Yields are not tax equivalent
(2)
Totals excludes $446,000 of available for sale equity securities
SOURCES OF FUNDS
General. Primary sources of funds consist of principal and interest cash flows received from loans and mortgage-backed securities, contractual maturities on investments, deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) advances and proceeds from sales of loans and investments. These sources of funds are used for lending, investing and general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and common stock repurchases.
Deposits. The Bank offers a variety of deposits for retail and business accounts. Deposit products include savings accounts, checking accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, money market deposit accounts and certificate of deposit accounts at varying interest rates and terms. The Bank also offers IRA and KEOGH accounts. Business customers are offered several checking account and savings plans, cash management services, remote deposit capture services, payroll origination services, escrow account management and business credit cards. The Bank focuses on relationship banking for retail and business customers to enhance the customer experience. Deposit activity is influenced by state and local economic conditions, changes in interest rates, internal pricing decisions and competition. Deposits are primarily obtained from the areas surrounding the Bank’s branch locations. To attract and retain deposits, the Bank offers competitive rates, quality customer service and a wide variety of products and services that meet customers’ needs, including online banking. The Bank has no brokered deposits.
Deposit pricing strategy is monitored monthly by the management Asset/Liability Committee and Pricing Committee. Deposit pricing is set weekly by the Bank’s Treasury Department. When setting deposit pricing, the Bank considers competitive market rates, FHLB advance rates and rates on other sources of funds. Core deposits, defined as savings accounts, interest and non-interest bearing checking accounts and money market deposit accounts represented 84.5 % of total deposits at December 31, 2013

18



and 82.4 % of total deposits at December 31, 2012 . As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 , time deposits maturing in less than one year amounted to $ 530 million and $ 624 million, respectively.
The following table indicates the amount of certificates of deposit by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2013 .
Maturity
Total
3 Months
or Less
Over 3 to
6 Months
Over 6 to
12 Months
Over 12
Months
(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
$
74,091

$
40,257

$
50,320

$
105,963

$
270,631

Certificates of deposit less than $100,000
58,694

119,371

187,163

170,895

536,123

Total certificates of deposit
$
132,785

$
159,628

$
237,483

$
276,858

$
806,754


Certificates of Deposit Maturities. The following table sets forth certain information regarding certificates of deposit.
Period to Maturity from December 31, 2013
At December 31,
Less Than
One Year
One to
Two
Years
Two to
Three
Years
Three to
Four Years
Four to
Five Years
Five Years
or More
2013
2012
2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Rate:
0.00 to 0.99%
$
439,905

$
73,180

$
11,226

$

$

$

$
524,311

$
588,809

$
609,021

1.00 to 2.00%
12,439

2,752

22,315

38,889

43,301

1,054

120,750

124,088

205,321

2.01 to 3.00%
28,629

69,054

14,215




111,898

129,352

168,354

3.01 to 4.00%
45,821

21




3

45,845

68,660

71,441

4.01 to 5.00%
3,037

256

431

125



3,849

46,178

64,806

5.01 to 6.00%
24


7




31

321

9,506

6.01 to 7.00%








188

Over 7.01%
41



29



70

65

89

Total
$
529,896

$
145,263

$
48,194

$
39,043

$
43,301

$
1,057

$
806,754

$
957,473

$
1,128,726


Borrowed Funds. At December 31, 2013 , the Bank had $ 1.20 billion of borrowed funds. Borrowed funds consist primarily of FHLB advances and repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements are contracts for the sale of securities owned or borrowed by the Bank, with an agreement to repurchase those securities at an agreed-upon price and date. The Bank uses wholesale repurchase agreements, as well as retail repurchase agreements as an investment vehicle for its commercial sweep checking product. Bank policies limit the use of repurchase agreements to collateral consisting of U.S. Treasury obligations, U.S. government agency obligations or mortgage-related securities.
As a member of the FHLB, the Bank is eligible to obtain advances upon the security of the FHLB common stock owned and certain residential mortgage loans, provided certain standards related to credit-worthiness have been met. FHLB advances are available pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities.

19



The following table sets forth the maximum month-end balance and average monthly balance of FHLB advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31,
2013

2012

2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Maximum Balance:





FHLB advances
$
774,557

$
518,215

$
585,234

FHLB line of credit
183,000

178,000

64,000

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
294,035

357,164

366,460

Average Balance:
FHLB advances
599,991

516,440

560,420

FHLB line of credit
48,784

29,004

9,918

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
260,004

319,031

338,839

Weighted Average Interest Rate:
FHLB advances
2.34
%
2.51
%
2.81
%
FHLB line of credit
0.38

0.39

0.47

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1.74

2.04

2.18


The following table sets forth certain information as to borrowings at the dates indicated.
At December 31,

2013

2012

2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Federal Funds Purchased
$

$

$
10,000

FHLB advances
774,557

507,648

518,347

FHLB line of credit
183,000


30,000

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
246,322

295,616

361,833

Total borrowed funds
$
1,203,879

$
803,264

$
920,180

Weighted average interest rate of Federal Funds Purchased
%
%
0.50
%
Weighted average interest rate of FHLB advances
2.17
%
2.47
%
2.51
%
Weighted average interest rate of FHLB line of credit
0.40
%
%
0.35
%
Weighted average interest rate of securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1.69
%
1.91
%
1.99
%

WEALTH MANAGEMENT SERVICES
As part of the Company’s strategy to increase its wealth management business, on August 11, 2011, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, The Provident Bank, completed its acquisition of Beacon Trust Company, a New Jersey limited purpose trust company, and Beacon Global Asset Management, Inc., an SEC-registered investment advisor incorporated in Delaware (collectively “Beacon”). Subsequent to the acquisition, Beacon Global Asset Management was merged with and into Beacon Trust Company. Beacon’s expertise in trust and wealth management services strategically positions the Company to increase market share and enhance the Company’s non-interest earnings growth.
In addition to its trust and estate administrative services, Beacon is a provider of asset management services in New Jersey. The services are often introduced to existing clients through the Bank’s extensive branch network throughout the state. It offers a full range of asset management services to individuals, municipalities, non-profits, corporations and pension funds. These services include investment management, asset allocation, trust and fiduciary services, financial planning, family office services, estate settlement services and custody.
Beacon focuses on delivering personalized investment strategies based on the client’s risk profile. These strategies are focused on maximizing clients’ investment returns, while minimizing expenses. Most of the fee income generated by Beacon is based on assets under management.

20



SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITIES
PFS Insurance Services, Inc., formerly Provident Investment Services, Inc., is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, and a New Jersey licensed insurance producer that sells insurance and investment products, including annuities to customers through a third-party networking arrangement.
Dudley Investment Corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank which operates as a New Jersey Investment Company. Dudley Investment Corporation owns all of the outstanding common stock of Gregory Investment Corporation.
Gregory Investment Corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dudley Investment Corporation. Gregory Investment Corporation operates as a Delaware Investment Company. Gregory Investment Corporation owns all of the outstanding common stock of PSB Funding Corporation.
PSB Funding Corporation is a majority owned subsidiary of Gregory Investment Corporation. It was established as a New Jersey corporation to engage in the business of a real estate investment trust for the purpose of acquiring mortgage loans and other real estate related assets from the Bank.
TPB Realty, LLC, is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank formed to invest in real estate development joint ventures principally targeted at meeting the housing needs of low- and moderate-income communities in the Bank’s market. At December 31, 2013 , TPB Realty, LLC had total assets of $2.9 million.
Bergen Avenue Realty, LLC, is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank formed to manage and sell real estate acquired through foreclosure. At December 31, 2013 , Bergen Avenue Realty, LLC had total assets of $2.5 million.
Bergen Delaware Realty, LLC, is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank formed to manage and sell real estate acquired through foreclosure. At December 31, 2013 , Bergen Delaware Realty, LLC had total assets of $500,000.
Beacon Trust Company, a New Jersey limited purpose trust company, is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank.
PERSONNEL
As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had 830 full-time and 112 part-time employees. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a collective bargaining group. The Company believes its working relationship with its employees is good.
REGULATION and SUPERVISION
General
As a bank holding company controlling the Bank, the Company is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA. The Company is also subject to the provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 (the “New Jersey Banking Act”) and the regulations of the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“Commissioner”) under the New Jersey Banking Act applicable to bank holding companies. The Company and the Bank are required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner. The Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner conduct periodic examinations to assess the Company’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. The Company files certain reports with, and otherwise complies with, the rules and regulations of the SEC under the federal securities laws and the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.
The Bank is a New Jersey chartered savings bank, and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Commissioner as the issuer of its charter, and by the FDIC as its deposit insurer. The Bank files reports with the Commissioner and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, and it must obtain regulatory approval prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions and opening or acquiring branch offices. The Commissioner and the FDIC conduct periodic examinations to assess the Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a savings bank can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the deposit insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.
Any change in applicable laws and regulations, whether by the Commissioner, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on the Company and the Bank and their operations.

21



The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made extensive changes in the regulation of depository institutions and their holding companies. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are impacting the Company and the Bank. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has assumed responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations and has the authority to impose new requirements. However, institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the enforcement authority of, their principal regulator, although the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau will have back-up authority to examine and enforce consumer protection laws against all institutions, including those with less than $10 billion in assets.
The material laws and regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank are summarized below and elsewhere in the Form 10-K.
New Jersey Banking Regulation
Activity Powers. The Bank derives its lending, investment and other activity powers primarily from the applicable provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act and its related regulations. Under these laws and regulations, savings banks, including the Bank, generally may, subject to certain limits, invest in:
(1)
real estate mortgages;
(2)
consumer and commercial loans;
(3)
specific types of debt securities, including certain corporate debt securities and obligations of federal, state and local governments and agencies;
(4)
certain types of corporate equity securities; and
(5)
certain other assets.
A savings bank may also invest pursuant to a “leeway” power that permits investments not otherwise permitted by the New Jersey Banking Act, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the FDIC. “Leeway” investments must comply with a number of limitations on the individual and aggregate amounts of “leeway” investments. A savings bank may also exercise trust powers upon the approval of the Commissioner. New Jersey savings banks may exercise those powers, rights, benefits or privileges authorized for national banks or out-of-state banks or for federal or out-of-state savings banks or savings associations, provided that before exercising any such power, right, benefit or privilege, prior approval by the Commissioner by regulation or by specific authorization is required. The exercise of these lending, investment and activity powers is limited by federal law and the related regulations. See “Federal Banking Regulation—Activity Restrictions on State-Chartered Bank” below.
Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitations. With certain specified exceptions, a New Jersey chartered savings bank may not make loans or extend credit to a single borrower and to entities related to the borrower in an aggregate amount that would exceed 15% of the bank’s capital funds. A New Jersey chartered savings bank may lend an additional 10% of the bank’s capital funds if secured by collateral meeting the requirements of the New Jersey Banking Act. The Bank currently complies with applicable loans-to-one-borrower limitations.
Dividends. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a stock savings bank may declare and pay a dividend on its capital stock only to the extent that the payment of the dividend would not impair the capital stock of the savings bank. In addition, a stock savings bank may not pay a dividend unless the savings bank would, after the payment of the dividend, have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or the payment of the dividend would not reduce the surplus. Federal law may also limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the bank.
Minimum Capital Requirements. Regulations of the Commissioner impose on New Jersey chartered depository institutions, including the Bank, minimum capital requirements similar to those imposed by the FDIC on insured state banks. At December 31, 2013 , the Bank was considered “well capitalized” under FDIC guidelines.
Examination and Enforcement. The New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance may examine the Company and the Bank whenever it deems an examination advisable. The Department examines the Bank at least every two years. The Commissioner may order any savings bank to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice and may direct any director, officer, attorney or employee of a savings bank engaged in an objectionable activity, after the Commissioner has ordered the activity to be terminated, to show cause at a hearing before the Commissioner why such person should not be removed.
Federal Banking Regulation

22



Capital Requirements. FDIC regulations require banks to maintain minimum levels of capital. The FDIC regulations define two tiers, or classes, of capital.
Tier 1 capital is comprised of:
common stockholders’ equity, less net unrealized holding losses on available for sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values;
non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, including any related surplus; and
minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries minus all intangible assets, other than qualifying servicing rights and any net unrealized loss on marketable equity securities.
Tier 2 capital is comprised of:
cumulative perpetual preferred stock;
certain perpetual preferred stock for which the dividend rate may be reset periodically;
hybrid capital instruments, including mandatorily convertible securities;
term subordinated debt;
intermediate term preferred stock;
allowance for loan losses; and
up to 45% of pre-tax net unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values.
The allowance for loan losses may be includible in Tier 2 capital up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Overall, the amount of Tier 2 capital that may be included in total capital cannot exceed 100% of Tier 1 capital. The FDIC regulations establish a minimum leverage capital requirement for banks in the strongest financial and managerial condition, with a rating of 1 (the highest examination rating of the FDIC for banks) under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System that are not anticipating or experiencing significant growth, of not less than a ratio of 3.0% of Tier 1 capital to total assets. For all other banks, the minimum leverage capital requirement is 4.0%, unless a higher leverage capital ratio is warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of the bank.
The FDIC regulations also establish a risk-based capital standard. The risk-based capital standard requires the maintenance of a ratio of total capital, which is defined as the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, to risk-weighted assets of at least 8% and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4%. In determining the amount of a bank’s risk-weighted assets, all assets, plus certain off balance sheet items, are multiplied by a risk-weight of 0% to 100%, based on the risks the FDIC believes are inherent in the type of asset or item.
The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have also adopted regulations to require an assessment of a bank’s exposure to declines in the economic value of a bank’s capital due to changes in interest rates when assessing such bank’s capital adequacy. Under such a risk assessment, examiners will evaluate a bank’s capital for interest rate risk on a case-by-case basis, with consideration of both quantitative and qualitative factors. According to the agencies, applicable considerations include:
the quality of a bank’s interest rate risk management process;
the overall financial condition of the bank; and
the level of other risks at the bank for which capital is needed.
Institutions with significant interest rate risk may be required to maintain additional capital.

23



The following table shows the Bank’s leverage ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and total risk-based capital ratio, at December 31, 2013
As of December 31, 2013
Capital
Percent  of
Assets (1)
Capital
Requirements (1)
(Dollars in thousands)
Regulatory Tier 1 leverage capital
$
585,313

8.34
%
4.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
585,313

11.42

4.00

Total risk-based capital
649,373

12.67

8.00

(1)
For purposes of calculating Regulatory Tier 1 leverage capital, assets are based on adjusted total leverage assets. In calculating Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital, assets are based on total risk-weighted assets.
As of December 31, 2013 , the Bank was considered “well capitalized” under FDIC guidelines.
In July 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-in or opt-out is exercised. The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The final rule also implements the Dodd-Frank Act’s directive to apply to savings and loan holding companies consolidated capital requirements that are not less stringent than those applicable to their subsidiary institutions. The final rule is effective January 1, 2015. The “capital conservation buffer” will be phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.
Activity Restrictions on State-Chartered Banks. Federal law and FDIC regulations generally limit the activities and investments of state-chartered FDIC insured banks and their subsidiaries to those permissible for national banks and their subsidiaries, unless such activities and investments are specifically exempted by law or consented to by the FDIC.
Before making a new investment or engaging in a new activity that is not permissible for a national bank or otherwise permissible under federal law or FDIC regulations, an insured bank must seek approval from the FDIC to make such investment or engage in such activity. The FDIC will not approve the activity unless the bank meets its minimum capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity does not present a significant risk to the FDIC insurance fund. Certain activities of subsidiaries that are engaged in activities permitted for national banks only through a “financial subsidiary” are subject to additional restrictions.
Federal law permits a state-chartered savings bank to engage, through financial subsidiaries, in any activity in which a national bank may engage through a financial subsidiary and on substantially the same terms and conditions. In general, the law permits a national bank that is well-capitalized and well-managed to conduct, through a financial subsidiary, any activity permitted for a financial holding company other than insurance underwriting, insurance investments, real estate investment or development or merchant banking. The total assets of all such financial subsidiaries may not exceed the lesser of 45% of the bank’s total assets or $50 billion. The bank must have policies and procedures to assess the financial subsidiary’s risk and protect the bank from such risk and potential liability, must not consolidate the financial subsidiary’s assets with the bank’s and must exclude from its own assets and equity all equity investments, including retained earnings, in the financial subsidiary. The Bank currently meets all conditions necessary to establish and engage in permitted activities through financial subsidiaries.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB system which consists of twelve regional FHLBs, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. The Bank, as a member of the FHLB of New York, is required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in that FHLB in an amount as required by that FHLB’s capital plan and minimum capital requirements. The Bank is in compliance with these requirements. The Bank has received dividends on its FHLB stock, although no assurance can be given that these dividends will continue to be paid. For the year ended December 31, 2013 , dividends paid by the FHLB to the Bank totaled $1.7 million.

24



Deposit Insurance. As a member institution of the FDIC, deposit accounts at the Bank are generally insured up to a maximum of $250,000 for each separately insured depositor.
Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned a risk category based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Institutions deemed less risky pay lower assessments. The FDIC may adjust the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.
On May 22, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule imposing a 5 basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. The amount of the special assessment for any institution did not exceed 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment base for the second quarter of 2009. The Bank paid this special assessment in the amount of $3.1 million on September 30, 2009.
On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. These assessments were payable on December 30, 2009. The total prepaid assessment of $31.3 million was remitted to the FDIC on that date. Of that amount, $27.4 million was recorded as a prepaid asset as of December 31, 2009. Beginning in the first quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an expense for its regular assessment for each quarter, with an offsetting credit to the prepaid asset until it was fully expensed.
The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base its assessments upon each insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity instead of deposits. The FDIC finalized a rule, effective April 1, 2011, that set the assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity.
On February 7, 2011, the FDIC issued a final rule that establishes a target size for the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) at 2 percent of insured deposits as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act. The rule also implements a lower assessment rate schedule when the DIF reaches 1.15 percent of total insured deposits. The FDIC may terminate the insurance of an institution’s deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Management is not aware of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of the Bank’s deposit insurance.
Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured savings banks, including the Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders and to remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of law and to unsafe or unsound practices.
Transactions with Affiliates. Transactions between an insured bank, such as the Bank, and any of its affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulations. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution, financial subsidiary or other entity defined by the regulation generally is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for purposes of Sections 23A and 23B.
Section 23A:
limits the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and retained earnings, and limits all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and retained earnings; and
requires that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices.
The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further, most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amounts. In addition, any covered transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any purchase of assets or services by a bank from an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.
Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements. Banks are subject to statutory prohibitions on certain tying arrangements. A depository institution is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or that the customer not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

25



Privacy Standards. FDIC regulations require the Company and the Bank to disclose their privacy policies, including identifying with whom they share “non-public personal information” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter.
The FDIC regulations also require the Company and the Bank to provide their customers with initial and annual notices that accurately reflect their privacy policies and practices. In addition, the Company and the Bank are required to provide their customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having the Company and the Bank share their non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties before they can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions.
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All FDIC insured institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a state chartered savings bank, the FDIC is required to assess the institution’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. Among other things, the current Community Reinvestment Act regulations rate an institution based upon its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the current evaluation system focuses on three tests:
a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas;
an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals and businesses; and
a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.
An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities, including, but not limited to, engaging in acquisitions and mergers. The Bank received an “Outstanding” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recently completed federal examination, which was conducted by the FDIC as of August 2011.
In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. An institution’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the FDIC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.
Safety and Soundness Standards. Each federal banking agency, including the FDIC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder.
In addition, FDIC regulations require a bank that is given notice by the FDIC that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan to the FDIC. If, after being so notified, a bank fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the FDIC may issue an order directing corrective and other actions of the types to which a significantly undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions discussed below. If a bank fails to comply with such an order, the FDIC may seek to enforce such an order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil monetary penalties.
Prompt Corrective Action. Federal law requires the FDIC and the other federal banking regulators to promptly resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Federal law also establishes five categories, consisting of “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” The FDIC’s regulations define the five capital categories as follows:
An institution will be treated as “well capitalized” if:
its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 10%;
its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 6%; and
its ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is at least 5%, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the FDIC to meet a specific capital level.
An institution will be treated as “adequately capitalized” if:
its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 8%; or

26



its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 4%; and
its ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is at least 4% (3% if the bank receives the highest rating under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System) and it is not a well-capitalized institution.
An institution will be treated as “undercapitalized” if:
its total risk-based capital is less than 8%; or
its Tier 1 risk-based-capital is less than 4%; and
its leverage ratio is less than 4% (or less than 3% if the institution receives the highest rating under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System).
An institution will be treated as “significantly undercapitalized” if:
its total risk-based capital is less than 6%;
its Tier 1 capital is less than 3%; or
its leverage ratio is less than 3%.
An institution that has a tangible capital to total assets ratio equal to or less than 2% would be deemed “critically undercapitalized.” The FDIC is required, with some exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state bank if that bank is critically undercapitalized. The FDIC may also appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured state bank on the basis of the institution’s financial condition or upon the occurrence of certain events, including:
insolvency, or when the assets of the bank are less than its liabilities to depositors and others;
substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices;
existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business;
likelihood that the bank will be unable to meet the demands of its depositors or to pay its obligations in the normal course of business; and
insufficient capital, or the incurring or likely incurring of losses that will substantially deplete all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment of capital without federal assistance.
The previously discussed final rule that will increase capital requirements will adjust the prompt action categories accordingly. Under the revised prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions would be required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% (unchanged from current rules) and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged from the current rules).
Loans to a Bank’s Insiders
Federal Regulation. A bank’s loans to its executive officers, directors, any owner of 10% or more of its stock (each, an insider) and any of certain entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation O. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks, which is comparable to the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to loans by the Bank. All loans by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain loans secured by the officer’s residence may not exceed at any one time the higher of 2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus or $25,000, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related interest of that insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested directors not participating in the voting, if such loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider and the insider’s related interests, would exceed either (1) $500,000; or (2) the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus.
Generally, loans to insiders must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and not involve more than the normal risk of payment or present other unfavorable features. An exception may be made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

27



In addition, federal law prohibits extensions of credit to a bank’s insiders and their related interests by any other institution that has a correspondent banking relationship with the bank, unless such extension of credit is on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and does not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.
The Bank does not, as a matter of policy, make loans to its directors or to their immediate family members and related interests.
New Jersey Regulation. Provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act impose conditions and limitations on the liabilities to a savings bank of its directors and executive officers and of corporations and partnerships controlled by such persons that are comparable in many respects to the conditions and limitations imposed on the loans and extensions of credit to insiders and their related interests under Regulation O, as discussed above. The New Jersey Banking Act also provides that a savings bank that is in compliance with Regulation O is deemed to be in compliance with such provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act.
Federal Reserve System
Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, the Bank is required to maintain non-interest earning reserves against its transaction accounts. The Federal Reserve Board regulations generally require that reserves of 3% must be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts over $13.3 million and up to $89.0 million, and 10% against that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of up to $89.0 million. The first $13.3 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. The Bank is in compliance with these requirements. These requirements are adjusted annually by the Federal Reserve Board. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of either vault cash, a non-interest bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank or a pass-through account as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the Bank’s interest-earning assets. The Bank is authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank discount window.
Internet Banking
Technological developments continue to significantly alter the ways in which financial institutions conduct their business. The growth of the Internet has caused banks to adopt and refine alternative distribution and marketing systems. The federal bank regulatory agencies have conducted seminars and published materials targeted to various aspects of internet banking, and have indicated their intention to reevaluate their regulations to ensure that they encourage banks’ efficiency and competitiveness consistent with safe and sound banking practices. There can be no assurance that the bank regulatory agencies will adopt new regulations that will not materially affect the Bank’s internet operations or restrict any such further operations.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was enacted. This law has significantly changed the current bank regulatory structure and is affecting the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for some time.
A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act that became effective on July 1, 2011, repealed the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts. The legislation also provided for originators of certain securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for transferred credits, directed the Federal Reserve Board to regulate pricing of certain debit card interchange fees and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage origination.
The Dodd-Frank Act required publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.
The Dodd-Frank Act contained the so-called “Volcker Rule,” which generally prohibits banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and from investing in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with hedge or private equity funds (“covered funds”). On December 13, 2013, federal agencies issued a final rule implementing the Volcker Rule which, among other things, requires banking organizations to restructure and limit certain of their investments in and relationships with covered funds. The final rule unexpectedly included within the interests subject to its restrictions collateralized debt obligations backed by trust-preferred securities (“TRUPs CDOs”). Many banking organizations had purchased such instruments because of their favorable tax, accounting and regulatory treatment and would have been subject to unexpected write-downs. In response to concerns expressed by community banking organizations, the federal agencies subsequently issued an interim final rule which grandfathers

28



TRUPS CDOs issued before May 19, 2010 if (i) acquired by a banking organization on or before December 10, 2013 and (ii) the organization reasonably believed the proceeds from the TRUPS CDOs were invested primarily in any trust preferred security or subordinated debt instrument issued by a depository institution holding company with less than $15 billion in assets or by a mutual holding company. Neither the Company nor the Bank have investments in covered funds or TRUPS CDOs.
The USA PATRIOT Act
The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act included measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III imposed affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.
The bank regulatory agencies have increased the regulatory scrutiny of the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering programs maintained by financial institutions. Significant penalties and fines, as well as other supervisory orders may be imposed on a financial institution for non-compliance with these requirements. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies must consider the effectiveness of financial institutions engaging in a merger transaction in combating money laundering activities. The Bank has adopted policies and procedures which are in compliance with these requirements.
Holding Company Regulation
Federal Regulation. The Company is regulated as a bank holding company, and as such, is subject to examination, regulation and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies on a consolidated basis structured similarly, but not identically, to those of the FDIC for the Bank. As of December 31, 2013 , the Company’s total capital and Tier 1 capital ratios exceed these minimum capital requirements.
The following table shows the Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and the Total risk-based capital ratio as of December 31, 2013
As of December 31, 2013
Capital
Percent  of
Assets (1)
Capital
Requirements (1)
(Dollars in thousands)
Regulatory Tier 1 leverage capital
$
660,549

9.42
%
4.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
660,549

12.89

4.00

Total risk-based capital
724,609

14.14

8.00

(1)
For purposes of calculating Regulatory Tier 1 leverage capital, assets are based on adjusted total leverage assets. In calculating Tier 1 risk-based capital and Total risk-based capital, assets are based on total risk-weighted assets.
As of December 31, 2013 , the Company was “well capitalized” under Federal Reserve Board guidelines.
The Dodd-Frank Act directs the Federal Reserve Board to issue consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are not less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks will apply to bank holding companies (with greater than $500 million of assets) as of January 1, 2015. As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.
Regulations of the Federal Reserve Board provide that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to any of its subsidiary banks and must not conduct its activities in an unsafe or unsound manner. Federal Reserve Board policies generally provide that bank holding companies should pay dividends only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention in the holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Under the prompt corrective action provisions discussed above, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank would be directed to guarantee, within limitations, the capital restoration plan that is required of such an undercapitalized bank. If the undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying any dividends or making any other form of capital distribution without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

29



As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval will be required for the Company to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after giving effect to such acquisition, it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of such bank or bank holding company.
A bank holding company is required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. Such notice and approval is not required for a bank holding company that would be treated as “well capitalized” under applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, is well-managed, and that is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.
In addition, a bank holding company which does not opt to become a financial holding company under applicable federal law is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring direct or indirect control of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be permissible. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be so closely related to banking as to be permissible are:
making or servicing loans;
performing certain data processing services;
providing discount brokerage services; or acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor;
leasing personal or real property;
making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and
acquiring a savings and loan association.
Bank holding companies that qualify and opt to become a financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incident to activities which are financial in nature. The Company filed an election to qualify as a financial holding company under federal regulations on January 31, 2014. Bank holding companies may qualify to become a financial holding company if:
each of its depository institution subsidiaries is “well capitalized”;
each of its depository institution subsidiaries is “well managed”;
each of its depository institution subsidiaries has at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating at its most recent examination; and
the bank holding company has filed a certification with the Federal Reserve Board that it elects to become a financial holding company.
Under federal law, depository institutions are liable to the FDIC for losses suffered or anticipated by the FDIC in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the FDIC to such an institution in danger of default. This law would potentially be applicable to the Company if it ever acquired as a separate subsidiary, a depository institution in addition to the Bank.
New Jersey Regulation. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a company owning or controlling a savings bank is regulated as a bank holding company. The New Jersey Banking Act defines the terms “company” and “bank holding company” as such terms are defined under the BHCA. Each bank holding company controlling a New Jersey chartered bank or savings bank must file certain reports with the Commissioner and is subject to examination by the Commissioner.
Acquisition of Control. Under federal law and under the New Jersey Banking Act, no person may acquire control of the Company or the Bank without first obtaining approval of such acquisition of control from the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner.
Federal Securities Laws. The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

30



Delaware Corporation Law
The Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. As a result, the rights of its stockholders are governed by the Delaware General Corporate Law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.
TAXATION
Federal Taxation
General. The Company is subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Company.
Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, the Company currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its consolidated federal income tax returns.
Bad Debt Reserves. Prior to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), the Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions to the reserve. These additions could, within specified formula limits, be deducted in arriving at taxable income. The Bank was required to use the direct charge-off method to compute its bad debt deduction beginning with its 1996 federal income tax return. Savings institutions were required to recapture any excess reserves over those established as of December 31, 1987 (base year reserve).
Taxable Distributions and Recapture. Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to January 1, 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income should the Bank fail to meet certain asset and definitional tests. Federal legislation has eliminated these recapture rules.
Retained earnings at December 31, 2013 included approximately $51.8 million for which no provisions for income tax had been made. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Events that would result in taxation of these reserves include failure to qualify as a bank for tax purposes, distributions in complete or partial liquidation, stock redemptions and excess distributions to shareholders. At December 31, 2013 , the Bank had an unrecognized tax liability of $21.2 million with respect to this reserve.
Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), imposes an alternative minimum tax (AMT) at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences (alternative minimum taxable income or AMTI). The AMT is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of AMTI. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. The Company has not been subject to the alternative minimum tax and has no such amounts available as credits for carryover.
Net Operating Loss Carryovers. Under the general rule, a financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. At December 31, 2013 , the Company had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.
Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction. The Company may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from the Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.
State Taxation
New Jersey State Taxation. The Company and the Bank file New Jersey Corporation Business Tax returns. Generally, the income of financial institutions in New Jersey, which is calculated based on federal taxable income subject to certain adjustments, is subject to New Jersey tax. The Company and the Bank are currently subject to the corporate business tax (“CBT”) at 9% of taxable income.
New Jersey tax law does not and has not allowed for a taxpayer to file a tax return on a combined or consolidated basis with another member of the affiliated group where there is common ownership. However, if the taxpayer cannot demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the tax filing discloses the true earnings of the taxpayer on its business carried on in the State of New Jersey, the Director of the New Jersey Division of Taxation may, at the director’s discretion, require the taxpayer to file a consolidated return of the entire operations of the affiliated group or controlled group, including its own operations and income.
Item 1A.
Risk Factors.
In the ordinary course of operating our business, we are exposed to a variety of risks inherent to the financial services industry. The following discusses the significant risk factors that could affect our business and operations. If any of the following

31



risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected, the market price for your investment in the Company’s common stock could decline, and you could lose all or a part of your investment in the Company’s common stock.
Adverse conditions in the housing sector and related markets and prolonged elevated unemployment levels may adversely affect our business and financial results.
While we did not invest in sub-prime mortgages and related investments, our lending business and investments in mortgage-backed securities are tied, in large part, to the housing market. Lower home prices, a heightened level of foreclosures, the protracted foreclosure process in New Jersey and high unemployment have adversely impacted the credit performance of real estate related loans and collateral values. The housing slump contributed to a reduced demand for the construction of single-family housing, declines in home prices, and elevated delinquencies on residential and commercial mortgage loans. These conditions may potentially cause a reduction in loan demand, and increases in our non-performing assets, net charge-offs and provisions for loan losses. A worsening of these negative economic conditions could adversely impact our prospects for growth, asset and goodwill valuations, and could result in a decrease in our interest income and a material increase in our provision for loan losses.
Our commercial real estate, multi-family, and commercial loans expose us to increased lending risks.
Our strategy continues to be to increase our commercial real estate, multi-family, commercial and, to a lesser extent, construction loans. These loans are generally regarded as having a higher risk of default and loss than single-family residential mortgage loans, because repayment of these loans often depends on the successful operation of a business or of the underlying property. In addition, our construction loans, commercial mortgage loans and commercial loans have significantly larger average loan balances compared to our single-family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2013, the average loan size for a construction loan was $3.5 million, for a commercial mortgage loan was $2.1 million, and for a commercial loan was $354,000, compared to an average loan size of $160,000 for a single-family residential mortgage loan. Also, many of our borrowers of these types of loans have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, any adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to one single-family residential mortgage loan.
Our continuing concentration of loans in our primary market area may increase our risk.
Our success is significantly affected by general economic conditions in northern and central New Jersey. Unlike some larger banks that are more geographically diversified, we provide banking and financial services to customers primarily in northern and central New Jersey. The local economic conditions in northern and central New Jersey, including an unemployment rate of 7.3% at December 31, 2013, have a significant impact on our loan portfolios, the ability of the borrowers to repay their loans and the value of the collateral securing our loans. Adverse local economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our control would impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the financial results of our banking operations. Additionally, because we have a significant amount of real estate loans, depressed real estate values and real estate sales may also have a negative effect on the ability of many of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings and overall financial condition.
We target our business development and marketing strategy for loans to serve primarily the banking and financial services needs of small- to medium-sized businesses in northern and central New Jersey. These small- to medium-sized businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact these businesses, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we rely on our loan quality reviews, our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, or if delinquencies or non-accrual and non-performing loans increase, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to the allowance would materially decrease our net income.
Our emphasis on the continued diversification of our loan portfolio through the origination of commercial mortgage loans, commercial loans, and construction loans has been one of the more significant factors we have taken into account in evaluating our allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses. In the event we were to further increase the amount of such types of loans in our portfolio, we may decide to make additional or increased provisions for loans losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.

32



In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in market interest rates. Our results of operations substantially depend on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our interest-bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets. If rates increase rapidly, we may have to increase the rates we pay on our deposits and borrowed funds more quickly than any changes in interest rates earned on our loans and investments, resulting in a negative effect on interest spreads and net interest income. In addition, the effect of rising rates could be compounded if deposit customers move funds into higher yielding accounts. Conversely, should market interest rates fall below current levels, our net interest margin could also be negatively affected if competitive pressures keep us from further reducing rates on our deposits, while the yields on our assets decrease more rapidly through loan prepayments and interest rate adjustments. In the event of a 300 basis point increase in interest rates, whereby rates ramp up evenly over a twelve-month period, and assuming management took no actions to mitigate the effect of such change, we are projecting that our net interest income would decrease 7.3% or $16.0 million.
Changes in interest rates also affect the value of our interest-earning assets, and in particular our securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2013, our available for sale securities portfolio totaled $1.16 billion. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Decreases in the fair value of securities available for sale resulting from increases in interest rates therefore could have an adverse effect on stockholders’ equity.
We are also subject to prepayment and reinvestment risk related to interest rate movements. Changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage related securities. Decreases in interest rates can result in the prepayment or refinancing of loans and loans underlying mortgage related securities, resulting in accelerated cash flows subject to reinvestment at reduced market interest rates and increased premium amortization. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that such prepayments are not available to reinvest at prevailing market rates at a profitable spread in excess of our funding costs. Increases in interest rates can result in reduced prepayments of loans and mortgage related securities, as borrowers retain existing loans to maintain lower borrowing costs.
Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.
The Federal Reserve Board continues to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which has resulted in increases in net interest income in the short term. Our ability to lower our interest expense is limited at these interest rate levels, while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. The Federal Reserve Board has indicated its intention to maintain an accommodative monetary policy in the near future. Accordingly, our net interest income (the difference between interest income earned on assets and interest expense paid on liabilities) may decrease, which may have an adverse affect on our profitability.
We hold certain intangible assets that could be classified as impaired in the future. If these assets are considered to be either partially or fully impaired in the future, our earnings could decline.
We record all assets and liabilities acquired by the Company in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangible assets, at fair value. At December 31, 2013, goodwill totaling $352.6 million was not amortized but remains subject to impairment tests at least annually, or more often if events or circumstances indicate it may be impaired. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment tests if events or circumstances indicate a potential inability to realize the carrying amount. The initial recording and subsequent impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets requires subjective judgments about the estimates of the fair value of assets acquired.
A Company has the option to qualitatively determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount before proceeding with a two step quantitative impairment analysis. If a company concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the entity would be required to perform Step 1 of the quantitative impairment analysis and then, if needed, Step 2 to determine whether goodwill is impaired. The first step compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an additional test must be performed. The second step test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. An impairment loss would be recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied value.

33



Fair value may be determined using market prices, comparison to similar assets, market multiples, discounted cash flow analysis and other factors. Estimated cash flows may extend far into the future and by their nature are difficult to determine over an extended time frame. Factors that may significantly affect the estimates include specific industry or market sector conditions, changes in revenue growth trends, customer behavior, competitive forces, cost structures and changes in discount rates.
It is possible that our future impairment testing could result in an impairment of the value of goodwill or other identified intangible assets, or both. If we determine impairment exists at a given point in time, our earnings and the book value of the related intangible asset(s) will be reduced by the amount of the impairment. In any event, the results of impairment testing on goodwill and other identified intangible assets have no impact on our tangible book value or regulatory capital levels.
Further declines in the value of certain investment securities could require an other-than-temporary impairment charge which would reduce our earnings.
Our securities portfolio includes securities that have declined in value due to the lack of liquidity for securities that are real estate related and weaker credit performance of collateral underlying such securities. These securities include private label mortgage-backed securities. A prolonged decline in the value of these securities could result in an other-than-temporary impairment write-down which would reduce our earnings.
We may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the proposed merger of Team Capital Bank into The Provident Bank.
On December 20, 2013, we announced the proposed merger of Team Capital Bank with and into The Provident Bank, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary. The proposed merger remains subject to regulatory approvals, as well as approval by the stockholders of Team Capital Bank. We anticipate completing the merger in the second quarter of 2014. The success of the proposed merger will depend on, among other things, our ability to realize anticipated cost savings and to combine the businesses of Team Capital Bank and The Provident Bank in a manner that does not materially disrupt the customer relationships of both banks. If we are unable to successfully achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of the proposed merger may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.
The Provident Bank and Team Capital Bank have operated and, until completion of the merger, will continue to operate, independently. It is possible that the integration process related to the proposed merger may result in the loss of key personnel, the disruption of our business or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that may adversely impact our ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the proposed merger.
We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, our chartering authority, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as insurer of our deposits. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation and oversight by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a bank and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the requirement for additional capital, the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, could have a material impact on our operations.
The potential exists for additional Federal or state laws and regulations regarding capital requirements, lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to remain active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the potential issuance of formal enforcement orders. Actions taken to date, as well as potential actions, may not have the beneficial effects that are intended. In addition, new laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes could increase our costs of regulatory compliance and of doing business, and otherwise affect our operations. New laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes, along with negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability.
The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, created a new consumer financial protection bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and affected the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act may still not be known for some time. However, it is expected that the legislation and implementing regulations may materially increase our operating and compliance costs.

34



The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks such as ours with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer laws by their primary bank regulators.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk-based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, and directs the federal banking regulators to implement new leverage and capital requirements that take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives. The final rules implementing these requirements, in addition to increasing regulatory capital requirements applicable to the Bank, will take effect on January 1, 2015, with certain aspects of the final rule being transitioned through 2019.
Because the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, we face significant operational risks.
We operate in diverse market segments and rely on the ability of our employees, systems and third party providers to process a high number of transactions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including but not limited to, the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside our company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and technology, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and business continuation and disaster recovery. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business decisions or their implementation, and customer attrition due to potential negative publicity. In the event of a breakdown in the internal control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, we could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action, and suffer damage to our reputation.
Risks associated with cyber-security, system failures, interruptions, or other breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.
Information technology systems are critical to our business. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, financial reporting, securities investments, deposits, and loans. The financial services industry has experienced an increase in both the number and severity of reported cyber attacks aimed at gaining unauthorized access to bank systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services. Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not fully protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.
In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.
We also rely on the integrity and security of a variety of payment, clearing and settlement systems, as well as the various participants involved in these systems, many of which have no direct relationship with us. Failure by these participants or their systems to protect our customers’ transaction data may put us at risk for possible losses due to fraud or operational disruption.
The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, disruption of power and communication services, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our risk management program may not be effective in mitigating risk and reducing the potential for significant losses.
Our risk management program is designed to minimize risk and loss to us. We seek to identify, measure, monitor, report and control our exposure to risk, including strategic, market, liquidity, compliance and operational risks. While we use a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques, these techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or future development of currently unanticipated or unknown risks. Recent economic conditions and heightened regulatory scrutiny of the financial services industry, among other developments, have increased our level of risk. Accordingly, we could suffer losses as a result of our failure to properly anticipate and manage these risks.

35



Acts of terrorism, severe weather and other external events could impact our ability to conduct business.
Our business is subject to risk from external events. Financial institutions have been, and continue to be, targets of terrorist threats aimed at compromising their operating and communication systems. The metropolitan New York and Northern New Jersey areas remain central targets for potential acts of terrorism. Additionally, recent severe weather-related events have adversely impacted customers in our market area, especially those in areas located near coastal waters and flood prone areas. Events such as these may become more common in the future and could cause significant damage, cause disruption of power and communication services, impact the stability of our facilities and result in additional expenses, impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, reduce the value of collateral securing the repayment of our loans, and result in the loss of revenue. While we have established and regularly test disaster recovery procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.
Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. In particular, over the past decade, New Jersey has experienced the effects of substantial banking consolidation, and large out-of-state competitors have grown significantly. There are also a number of strong locally-based competitors in our market. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we do, and may offer certain deposit and loan pricing, services or credit criteria that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area.

Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
There are no unresolved comments from the staff of the SEC to report.

Item 2.
Properties
Property
At December 31, 2013 , the Bank conducted business through 77 full-service branch offices located in Hudson, Bergen, Essex, Mercer, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset and Union Counties, New Jersey. The aggregate net book value of premises and equipment was $ 66.4 million at December 31, 2013 .
In the first quarter of 2011, the Company’s executive offices were relocated to a leased facility at 239 Washington Street, Jersey City, New Jersey, which is also the Bank’s Main Office . This was necessitated by the relocation of the Bank’s administrative offices from 830 Bergen Avenue, Jersey City, New Jersey to a leased facility at 100 Wood Avenue South, Iselin, New Jersey, which was completed during the second quarter 2011. The Bank’s 830 Bergen Avenue administrative office building and its former loan administration center building at 1000 Woodbridge Center Drive, Woodbridge, New Jersey were sold in the fourth quarter of 2011.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is involved in various legal actions and claims arising in the normal course of its business. In the opinion of management, these legal actions and claims are not expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.


36



PART II
Item 5.
Market For Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
The Company’s common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “PFS.” Trading in the Company’s common stock commenced on January 16, 2003.
As of December 31, 2013 , there were 83,209,293 shares of the Company’s common stock issued and 59,917,649 shares outstanding, and 5,415 stockholders of record.
The table below shows the high and low closing prices reported on the NYSE for the Company’s common stock, as well as the cash dividends paid per common share during the periods indicated.
2013
2012
High
Low
Dividend
High
Low
Dividend
First Quarter
$
15.10

$
14.24

$
0.13

$
14.90

$
13.32

$
0.12

Second Quarter
15.57

14.21

0.14

15.35

13.40

0.13

Third Quarter
17.83

15.60

0.14

16.02

14.99

0.13

Fourth Quarter
19.75

16.01

0.15

16.13

13.37

0.33

On January 30, 2014, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.15 per common share, which was paid on February 28, 2014, to common stockholders of record as of the close of business on February 14, 2014. The Company paid a special dividend of $0.20 per common share on December 31, 2012 . The Company’s Board of Directors intends to review the payment of dividends quarterly and plans to continue to maintain a regular quarterly cash dividend in the future, subject to financial condition, results of operations, tax considerations, industry standards, economic conditions, regulatory restrictions that affect the payment of dividends by the Bank to the Company and other relevant factors.
The Company is subject to the requirements of Delaware law that generally limit dividends to an amount equal to the difference between the amount by which total assets exceed total liabilities and the amount equal to the aggregate par value of the outstanding shares of capital stock. If there is no difference between these amounts, dividends are limited to net income for the current and/or immediately preceding year.

37



Stock Performance Graph
Set forth below is a stock performance graph comparing (a) the cumulative total return on the Company’s common stock for the period December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2013 , (b) the cumulative total return on stocks included in the Russell 2000 Index over such period, and (c) the cumulative total return of the SNL Thrift Index over such period. The SNL Thrift Index, produced by SNL Financial LC, contains all thrift institutions traded on the New York and NASDAQ stock exchanges. Cumulative return assumes the reinvestment of dividends and is expressed in dollars based on an assumed investment of $100 on December 31, 2008.
PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

Period Ending
Index
12/31/2008
12/31/2009
12/31/2010
12/31/2011
12/31/2012
12/31/2013
Provident Financial Services, Inc.
100.00

72.61

107.00

98.07

114.78

153.71

Russell 2000
100.00

127.17

161.32

154.59

179.86

249.69

SNL Thrift
100.00

93.26

97.45

81.97

99.70

127.95




38



The following table reports information regarding purchases of the Company’s common stock during the fourth quarter of 2013 and the stock repurchase plan approved by the Company’s Board of Directors:
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Period
(a) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
(b) Average
Price Paid per
Share
(c) Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs (1)
(d) Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs (1)(2)
October 1, 2013 through October 31, 2013



3,714,867

November 1, 2013 through November 30, 2013
856

$
18.63

856

3,714,011

December 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013



3,714,011

Total
856

$
18.63

856

(1)
On October 24, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the purchase of up to 3,107,077 shares of its common stock under a seventh general repurchase program which commenced upon completion of the previous repurchase program. The repurchase program has no expiration date.
(2)
On December 20, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the purchase of up to 3,017,770 shares of its common stock under an eighth general repurchase program which will commence upon completion of the previous repurchase program. The repurchase program has no expiration date.

Common stock repurchases for the three months ended December 31, 2013 were in connection with employee income tax withholding on stock-based compensation.

Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
The summary information presented below at or for each of the periods presented is derived in part from and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company presented in Item 8.
At December 31,
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Financial Condition Data:
Total assets
$
7,487,328

$
7,283,695

$
7,097,403

$
6,824,528

$
6,836,172

Loans, net (1)
5,130,149

4,834,351

4,579,158

4,341,091

4,323,450

Investment securities held to maturity
357,500

359,464

348,318

346,022

335,074

Securities available for sale
1,157,594

1,264,002

1,376,119

1,378,927

1,333,163

Deposits
5,202,471

5,428,271

5,156,597

4,877,734

4,899,177

Borrowed funds
1,203,879

803,264

920,180

969,683

999,233

Stockholders’ equity
1,010,753

981,246

952,477

921,687

884,555


39



For the Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
Selected Operations Data:
Interest income
$
252,777

$
262,259

$
275,719

$
286,534

$
292,559

Interest expense
36,767

44,922

59,729

77,569

111,542

Net interest income
216,010

217,337

215,990

208,965

181,017

Provision for loan losses
5,500

16,000

28,900

35,500

30,250

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
210,510

201,337

187,090

173,465

150,767

Non-interest income
44,153

43,613

32,542

31,552

31,452

Non-interest expense (2)
148,763

148,828

142,446

138,748

297,036

Income (loss) before income tax expense (2)
105,900

96,122

77,186

66,269

(114,817
)
Income tax expense
35,366

28,855

19,842

16,564

7,007

Net income (loss) (2)
$
70,534

$
67,267

$
57,344

$
49,705

$
(121,824
)
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic earnings (loss) per share (2)
$
1.23

$
1.18

$
1.01

$
0.88

$
(2.16
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share (2)
$
1.23

$
1.18

$
1.01

$
0.88

$
(2.16
)

(1)
Loans are shown net of allowance for loan losses, deferred fees and unearned discount.
(2)
For 2009, reflects the impact of a $152,502 goodwill impairment charge.

At or For the Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
Selected Financial and Other Data (1)
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets (5)
0.97
%
0.94
%
0.83
%
0.73
%
(1.83
)%
Return on average equity (5)
7.08

6.88

6.09

5.46

(13.33
)
Average net interest rate spread
3.19

3.25

3.33

3.27

2.82

Net interest margin (2)
3.31

3.38

3.49

3.45

3.06

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
1.22

1.19

1.16

1.14

1.13

Non-interest income to average total assets
0.61

0.61

0.47

0.47

0.47

Non-interest expenses to average total assets (5)
2.05

2.08

2.07

2.05

4.45

Efficiency ratio (3)(5)
57.18

57.03

57.31

57.69

139.80

Asset Quality Ratios:
Non-performing loans to total loans
1.48
%
2.02
%
2.63
%
2.21
%
1.93
%
Non-performing assets to total assets
1.10

1.53

1.91

1.47

1.33

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
84.32

71.07

60.67

70.66

71.91

Allowance for loan losses to total loans
1.24

1.43

1.60

1.56

1.39

Capital Ratios:
Leverage capital (4)
9.42
%
8.93
%
8.74
%
8.57
%
7.99
%
Total risk based capital (4)
12.89

12.68

12.80

13.00

12.17

Average equity to average assets
14.14

13.93

14.05

14.26

13.42

Other Data:
Number of full-service offices
77

78

82

81

82

Full time equivalent employees
886

884

906

899

931

(1)
Averages presented are daily averages.
(2)
Net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

40



(3)
Represents the ratio of non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(4)
Leverage capital ratios are presented as a percentage of quarterly average tangible assets. Risk-based capital ratios are presented as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(5)
For 2009, reflects the impact of a $152,502 goodwill impairment charge.

Efficiency Ratio Calculation:
12/31/2013
12/31/2012
12/31/2011
12/31/2010
12/31/2009
Net interest income
$
216,010

$
217,337

$
215,990

$
208,965

$
181,017

Non-interest income
44,153

43,613

32,542

31,552

31,452

Total income
$
260,163

$
260,950

$
248,532

$
240,517

$
212,469

Non-interest expense (1)
$
148,763

$
148,828

$
142,446

$
138,748

$
297,036

Expense/income (1)
57.18
%
57.03
%
57.31
%
57.69
%
139.80
%
(1)
For 2009, reflects the impact of a $152,502 goodwill impairment charge.

Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
General
On January 15, 2003, the Company became the holding company for the Bank, following the completion of the conversion of the Bank to a stock-chartered bank. The Company issued an aggregate of 59,618,300 shares of its common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors. Concurrent with the conversion, the Company contributed an additional 1,920,000 shares of its common stock and $4.8 million in cash to The Provident Bank Foundation, a charitable foundation established by the Bank.
The Company conducts business through its subsidiary, the Bank, a community- and customer-oriented bank currently operating 77 full-service branches throughout northern and central New Jersey.
Strategy
Established in 1839, the Bank is the oldest New Jersey-chartered bank in the state. The Bank offers a full range of retail and commercial loan and deposit products, and emphasizes personal service and convenience.
The Bank’s strategy is to grow profitably through a commitment to credit quality and expanding market share by acquiring, retaining and expanding customer relationships, while carefully managing interest rate risk.
In recent years, the Bank has focused on commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial loans as part of its strategy to diversify the loan portfolio and reduce interest rate risk. These types of loans generally have adjustable rates that initially are higher than residential mortgage loans and generally have a higher rate of risk. The Bank’s credit policy focuses on quality underwriting standards and close monitoring of the loan portfolio. At December 31, 2013 , commercial loans accounted for 66.3% of the loan portfolio and retail loans accounted for 33.7%. The Company intends to continue to diversify the loan portfolio and to focus on commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial and industrial lending relationships.
The Company’s relationship banking strategy focuses on increasing core accounts and expanding relationships through its branch network, mobile banking, online banking and telephone banking touch points. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to increase market share by expanding within existing and contiguous markets. Core deposits, consisting of all savings and demand deposit accounts, are generally a stable, relatively inexpensive source of funds. At December 31, 2013 , core deposits were 84.5 % of total deposits.
The Company’s results of operations are primarily dependent upon net interest income, the difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest rates could have an adverse effect on net interest income to the extent the Company’s interest-bearing assets and interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature at different times or relative interest rates. An increase in interest rates generally would result in a decrease in the Company’s average interest rate spread and net interest income, which could have a negative effect on profitability. The Company generates non-interest income such as income from retail and business account fees, loan servicing fees, loan origination fees, appreciation in the cash surrender value of Bank-owned life insurance, income from loan or securities sales, fees from wealth management services and investment product sales and other fees. The Company’s operating expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits expense, occupancy and equipment expense, data processing expense, the amortization of intangible assets, marketing and advertising expense and other general and administrative expenses. The Company’s results of operations are also affected by general economic conditions, changes in market interest rates, changes in asset quality, changes in asset values, actions of regulatory agencies and government policies.

41



Acquisition
On December 20, 2013, the Company announced that it had entered into an agreement under which Team Capital Bank ("Team Capital") will merge with and into the Company's subsidiary, The Provident Bank. Consideration will be paid to Team Capital stockholders in a combination of stock and cash valued at approximately $122.0 million on the day of the announcement. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and Team Capital's stockholder approval. The merger will add twelve branches to The Provident Bank branch network, with five branches in Pennsylvania and seven in New Jersey.
On August 11, 2011, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, The Provident Bank, completed its acquisition of Beacon Trust Company, a New Jersey limited purpose trust company, and Beacon Global Asset Management, Inc., an SEC-registered investment advisor incorporated in Delaware (collectively “Beacon”). Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement announced on May 19, 2011, Beacon’s former parent company, Beacon Financial Corporation, may be paid cash consideration in an amount up to $10.5 million, based upon the acquired companies’ financial performance in the three years following the closing of the transaction. Subsequent to the acquisition, Beacon Global Asset Management was merged with and into Beacon Trust Company.
Critical Accounting Policies
The Company considers certain accounting policies to be critically important to the fair presentation of its financial condition and results of operations. These policies require management to make complex judgments on matters which by their nature have elements of uncertainty. The sensitivity of the Company’s consolidated financial statements to these critical accounting policies, and the assumptions and estimates applied, could have a significant impact on its financial condition and results of operations. These assumptions, estimates and judgments made by management can be influenced by a number of factors, including the general economic environment. The Company has identified the following as critical accounting policies:
Adequacy of the allowance for loan losses
Goodwill valuation and analysis for impairment
Valuation of securities available for sale and impairment analysis
Valuation of deferred tax assets
The calculation of the allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting policy of the Company. The allowance for loan losses is a valuation account that reflects management’s evaluation of the probable losses in the loan portfolio. The Company maintains the allowance for loan losses through provisions for loan losses that are charged to income. Charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses are taken on loans where management determines that the collection of loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries made on loans that have been charged-off are credited to the allowance for loan losses.
The Company’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses includes a review of all loans on which the collectibility of principal may not be reasonably assured. For residential mortgage and consumer loans, this is determined primarily by delinquency and collateral values. For commercial real estate and commercial loans, an extensive review of financial performance, payment history and collateral values is conducted on a quarterly basis.
As part of the evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, each quarter management prepares an analysis that categorizes the entire loan portfolio by certain risk characteristics such as loan type (residential mortgage, commercial mortgage, construction, commercial, etc.) and loan risk rating.
When assigning a risk rating to a loan, management utilizes a nine point internal risk rating system. Loans deemed to be “acceptable quality” are rated 1 through 4, with a rating of 1 established for loans with minimal risk. Loans deemed to be of “questionable quality” are rated 5 (watch) or 6 (special mention). Loans with adverse classifications (substandard, doubtful or loss) are rated 7, 8 or 9, respectively. Commercial mortgage, commercial and construction loans are rated individually and each lending officer is responsible for risk rating loans in their portfolio. These risk ratings are then reviewed by the department manager and/or the Chief Lending Officer and the Credit Administration Department. The risk ratings are also confirmed through periodic loan review examinations, which are currently performed by an independent third party and periodically, by the Credit Committee in the credit renewal or approval. In addition, the Bank requires an annual review be performed for commercial and commercial real estate loans above certain dollar thresholds, depending on loan type, to help determine the appropriate risk ratings.
Management assigns general valuation allowance (“GVA”) percentages to each risk rating category for use in allocating the allowance for loan losses, giving consideration to historical loss experience by loan type and other qualitative or environmental factors such as trends and levels of delinquencies, impaired loans, charge-offs, recoveries, loan volume, as well as the national and local economic trends and conditions. The appropriateness of these percentages is evaluated by management at least annually and monitored on a quarterly basis, with changes made when they are required. In the second quarter of 2013, management completed its most recent evaluation of the GVA percentages. As a result of that evaluation, GVA percentages applied to residential

42



mortgage loans, first-lien home equity loans and commercial mortgage loans were reduced to reflect the decrease in the historical loss experience. In addition, multi-family loans were segregated from other commercial mortgage loans as a result of differing risk characteristics and were assigned GVA percentages accordingly. Multi-family GVAs were established at levels lower than when previously included with other commercial mortgage loans as a result of lower historical loss experience resulting from the diverse cash flow sources supporting these loans.
Management believes the primary risks inherent in the portfolio are a decline in the economy, generally, a decline in real estate market values, rising unemployment or a protracted period of unemployment at current elevated levels, increasing vacancy rates in commercial investment properties and possible increases in interest rates in the absence of economic improvement. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect borrowers’ ability to repay their loans, resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of provisions. Accordingly, the Company has provided for loan losses at the current level to address the current risk in its loan portfolio. Management considers it important to maintain the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total loans at an acceptable level given current economic conditions, interest rates and the composition of the portfolio.
Although management believes that the Company has established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at appropriate levels, additions may be necessary if future economic and other conditions differ substantially from the current operating environment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis giving consideration to historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such estimates and assumptions are adjusted when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile securities markets, and declines in the housing and commercial real estate markets and the economy generally have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements in future periods. In addition, various regulatory agencies periodically review the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan losses as an integral part of their examination process. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance or additional write-downs based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Although management uses the best information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change.
Additional critical accounting policies relate to judgments about other asset impairments, including goodwill, investment securities and deferred tax assets. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate potential impairment between annual measurement dates.
The Company qualitatively determines whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount before performing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the entity would be required to perform Step 1 of the assessment and then, if needed, Step 2 to determine whether goodwill is impaired. However, if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is more than its carrying amount, the entity does not need to apply the two-step impairment test. For this analysis, the Reporting Unit is defined as the Bank, which includes all core and retail banking operations of the Company but excludes the assets, liabilities, equity, earnings and operations held exclusively at the Company level. The guidance provides certain factors an entity should consider in its qualitative assessment in determining whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. The factors include:
Macroeconomic conditions, such as deterioration in economic condition and limited access to capital.
Industry and market considerations, such as increased competition, regulatory developments and decline in market-dependent multiples.
Cost factors, such as increased labor costs, cost of materials and other operating costs.
Overall financial performance, such as declining cash flows and decline in revenue or earnings.
Other relevant entity-specific events, such as changes in management, strategy or customers, litigation and contemplation of bankruptcy.
Reporting unit events, such as selling or disposing a portion of a reporting unit and a change in composition of assets.
The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 2013. Based upon its qualitative assessment of goodwill, the Company concluded it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill was not impaired and no further quantitative analysis (Step 1) was warranted.

43



The Company may, based upon its qualitative assessment, or at its option, perform the two-step process to evaluate the potential impairment of goodwill. If, based upon Step 1, the fair value of the Reporting Unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the Reporting Unit is considered not impaired. However, if the carrying amount of the Reporting Unit exceeds its fair value, an additional test must be performed. The second step test compares the implied fair value of the Reporting Unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. An impairment loss would be recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
The Company’s available for sale securities portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in Stockholders’ Equity. Estimated fair values are based on market quotations or matrix pricing as discussed in Note 5 to the audited consolidated financial statements. Securities which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost. The Company conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if any declines in the fair values of securities are other-than-temporary. In this evaluation, if such a decline were deemed other-than-temporary, the Company would measure the total credit-related component of the unrealized loss, and recognize that portion of the loss as a charge to current period earnings. The remaining portion of the unrealized loss would be recognized as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair value of the securities portfolio is significantly affected by changes in interest rates. In general, as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed-rate securities decreases and as interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed-rate securities increases. Turmoil in the credit markets resulted in a lack of liquidity in certain sectors of the mortgage-backed securities market. Increases in delinquencies and foreclosures have resulted in limited trading activity and significant price declines, regardless of favorable movements in interest rates. The Company determines if it has the intent to sell these securities or if it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the securities before the anticipated recovery. If either exists, the decline in value is considered other-than-temporary. In this evaluation, the Company recognized an other-than-temporary securities impairment loss in 2013 and 2011, totaling $ 434,000 and $ 302,000 , respectively. No other-than-temporary securities impairment loss was incurred in 2012.
The determination of whether deferred tax assets will be realizable is predicated on the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities, utilization against carryback years and estimates of future taxable income. Such estimates are subject to management’s judgment. A valuation allowance is established when management is unable to conclude that it is more likely than not that it will realize deferred tax assets based on the nature and timing of these items. A valuation reserve of $1.1 million was established in 2009 pertaining primarily to state tax benefits on net operating losses at the Bank and unused capital loss carryforwards. In 2011, management released the valuation allowance associated with the state net operating losses, approximately $840,000, due to expectation of current and future taxable income. At December 31, 2013, the Company maintained a valuation allowance of $242,000, related to unused capital loss carryforwards.
Analysis of Net Interest Income
Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends on the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the rates of interest earned on such assets and paid on such liabilities.
Average Balance Sheet. The following table sets forth certain information for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 . For the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities is expressed both in dollars and rates. No tax equivalent adjustments were made. Average balances are daily averages.

44



For the Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Average
Outstanding
Balance
Interest
Earned/
Paid
Average
Yield/
Rate
Average
Outstanding
Balance
Interest
Earned/
Paid
Average
Yield/
Rate
Average
Outstanding
Balance
Interest
Earned/
Paid
Average
Yield/
Rate
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Deposits
$
15,240

$
38

0.25
%
$
32,200

$
81

0.25
%
$
47,727

$
119

0.25
%
Federal funds sold and short-term investments
1,560

1

0.04

1,439

1

0.09

1,457


0.01

Investment securities (1)
353,639

10,987

3.11

351,981

11,808

3.35

345,528

12,160

3.52

Securities available for sale
1,188,253

23,567

1.98

1,348,376

27,327

2.03

1,302,233

34,393

2.64

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
44,127

1,683

3.81

39,137

1,814

4.63

38,259

1,764

4.61

Net loans (2)
4,922,245

216,501

4.40

4,658,422

221,228

4.75

4,423,125

227,283

5.11

Total interest-earning assets
6,525,064

252,777

3.87

6,431,555

262,259

4.08

6,158,329

275,719

4.46

Non-interest earning assets
739,168

739,386

734,778

Total assets
$
7,264,232

$
7,170,941

$
6,893,107

Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings deposits
$
928,245

960

0.10
%
$
901,398

1,449

0.16
%
$
899,020

2,971

0.33
%
Demand deposits
2,652,419

7,456

0.28

2,581,802

10,292

0.40

2,272,780

15,168

0.67

Time deposits
878,413

9,615

1.09

1,041,533

13,607

1.31

1,213,292

18,413

1.52

Borrowed funds
908,778

18,736

2.06

864,728

19,574

2.26

909,531

23,177

2.55

Total interest-bearing liabilities
5,367,855

36,767

0.68

5,389,461

44,922

0.83

5,294,623

59,729

1.13

Non-interest bearing liabilities
900,364

803,722

657,056

Total liabilities
6,268,219

6,193,183

5,951,679

Stockholders’ equity
996,013

977,758

941,428

Total liabilities and equity
$
7,264,232

$
7,170,941

$
6,893,107

Net interest income
$
216,010

$
217,337

$
215,990

Net interest rate spread
3.19
%
3.25
%
3.33
%
Net interest earning assets
$
1,157,209

$
1,042,094

$
863,706

Net interest margin (3)
3.31
%
3.38
%
3.49
%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to total interest-bearing liabilities
1.22x

1.19x

1.16x

(1)
Average outstanding balance amounts are at amortized cost.
(2)
Average outstanding balances are net of the allowance for loan losses, deferred loan fees and expenses, and loan premiums and discounts and include non-accrual loans.
(3)
Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

45



Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.
Year Ended December 31,
2013 vs. 2012
2012 vs. 2011
Increase/(Decrease)
Due to
Total
Increase/
(Decrease)
Increase/(Decrease)
Due to
Total
Increase/
(Decrease)
Volume
Rate
Volume
Rate
(In thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Deposits, Federal funds sold and short-term investments
$
(43
)
$

$
(43
)
$
(37
)
$

$
(37
)
Investment securities
55

(876
)
(821
)
224

(576
)
(352
)
Securities available for sale
(3,186
)
(574
)
(3,760
)
1,181

(8,247
)
(7,066
)
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
214

(345
)
(131
)
41

9

50

Loans
12,127

(16,854
)
(4,727
)
11,070

(17,125
)
(6,055
)
Total interest-earning assets
9,167

(18,649
)
(9,482
)
12,479

(25,939
)
(13,460
)
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings deposits
42

(531
)
(489
)
8

(1,530
)
(1,522
)
Demand deposits
274

(3,110
)
(2,836
)
1,853

(6,729
)
(4,876
)
Time deposits
(1,962
)
(2,030
)
(3,992
)
(2,423
)
(2,383
)
(4,806
)
Borrowed funds
965

(1,803
)
(838
)
(1,103
)
(2,500
)
(3,603
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
(681
)
(7,474
)
(8,155
)
(1,665
)
(13,142
)
(14,807
)
Net interest income
$
9,848

$
(11,175
)
$
(1,327
)
$
14,144

$
(12,797
)
$
1,347


Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012
Total assets increased $ 203.6 million, or 2.8 %, to $ 7.49 billion at December 31, 2013 , from $ 7.28 billion at December 31, 2012 . The increase was primarily due to increases in total loans, partially offset by a decline in total securities.
Total loans increased $ 290.1 million, or 5.9 %, to $ 5.19 billion at December 31, 2013 , from $ 4.90 billion at December 31, 2012 . For the year ended December 31, 2013 , loan originations totaling $ 1.77 billion and loan purchases of $ 34.8 million were partially offset by repayments of $ 1.47 billion and loan sales of $ 31.0 million. Multi-family loans increased $ 204.9 million to $ 928.9 million at December 31, 2013 , compared to $ 724.0 million at December 31, 2012 . Commercial loans increased $ 65.8 million to $ 932.2 million at December 31, 2013 , compared to $ 866.4 million at December 31, 2012 , commercial real estate loans increased $ 50.7 million to $ 1.40 billion at December 31, 2013 , compared to $ 1.35 billion at December 31, 2012 , and construction loans increased $ 63.2 million to $ 183.3 million at December 31, 2013 , compared to $ 120.1 million at December 31, 2012 . Residential mortgage loans decreased $ 91.0 million to $ 1.17 billion at December 31, 2013 , compared to $ 1.27 billion at December 31, 2012 . One- to four-family residential mortgage loan originations totaled $ 122.5 million and one-to four-family residential mortgage loans purchased totaled $ 34.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 . Principal repayments on residential mortgage loans totaled $ 228.2 million, and residential mortgage loans sold totaled $ 31.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 . Consumer loans decreased $ 1.6 million to $ 577.6 million at December 31, 2013 , compared to $ 579.2 million at December 31, 2012 .
Commercial loans, consisting of commercial real estate, multi-family, construction and commercial loans, totaled $3.45 billion, accounting for 66.3% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 , compared to $3.06 billion, or 62.4% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 . The Company intends to continue to focus on the origination of commercially-oriented loans. Retail loans, which consist of one- to four-family residential mortgage and consumer loans, such as fixed-rate home equity loans and lines of credit, totaled $1.75 billion and accounted for 33.7% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 , compared to $1.84 billion, or 37.6%, of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 . The increase in commercial loans as a percentage of the total loan portfolio

46



was a result of growth in the multi-family and commercial mortgage portfolios, coupled with reductions in retail loans attributable to refinance activity, the market preference for longer-term fixed-rate loans, which the Company chooses to sell rather than retain for portfolio as part of its interest rate risk management process, and lack of qualified retail loan demand.
The Company does not originate or purchase sub-prime or option ARM loans. Prior to September 30, 2008, the Company originated “Alt-A” mortgages in the form of stated income loans with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 50% on a limited basis. The balance of these “Alt-A” loans at December 31, 2013 was $7.5 million. Of this total, 5 loans totaling $493,000 were 90 days or more delinquent. General valuation reserves of 6.5%, or $32,000, were allocated to these loans at December 31, 2013 .
The Company participates in loans originated by other banks, including participations designated as Shared National Credits (“SNC”). The Company’s gross commitments and outstanding balances as a participant in SNCs were $53.2 million and $12.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013 . At December 31, 2013 , no SNC relationships were classified as substandard
The Company had outstanding junior lien mortgages totaling $226.4 million at December 31, 2013 . Of this total, 29 loans totaling $2.0 million were 90 days or more delinquent. General valuation reserves of 10%, or $203,000, were allocated to these loans at December 31, 2013 .
At December 31, 2013 , the Company had outstanding indirect marine loans totaling $33.4 million. Of this total, 5 loans totaling $367,000 were 90 days or more delinquent. General valuation reserves of 60%, or $220,000, were allocated to these loans at December 31, 2013 . Marine loans are currently made only on a direct, limited accommodation basis to existing customers.
The allowance for loan losses decreased $ 5.7 million to $ 64.7 million at December 31, 2013 , as a result of net charge-offs of $ 11.2 million, partially offset by provisions for loan losses of $ 5.5 million during 2013 . The decrease in the allowance for loan losses was attributable to a decrease in non-performing loans, and an improvement in the average risk rating of the loan portfolio. Total non-performing loans at December 31, 2013 were $ 76.7 million, or 1.48 % of total loans, compared with $99.0 million, or 2.02% of total loans at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2013 , impaired loans totaled $ 106.4 million with related specific reserves of $ 10.2 million. Within total impaired loans, there were $30.2 million of loans for which the present value of expected future cash flows or current collateral valuations exceeded the carrying amounts of the loans and for which no specific reserves were required in accordance with GAAP. At December 31, 2013 , the Company’s allowance for loan losses was 1.24 % of total loans, compared with 1.43 % of total loans at December 31, 2012 .
Non-performing commercial mortgage loans decreased $ 10.4 million to $ 18.7 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 29.1 million at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2013 , the Company held 13 non-performing commercial mortgage loans. The largest non-performing commercial mortgage loan was a $12.5 million loan secured by a first mortgage on a 200,000 square foot office/industrial building located in Eatontown, New Jersey, which has been negatively impacted by the loss of a major tenant that relied upon contracts with the Federal government. The loan has been restructured and payments are current at December 31, 2013 . The borrower continues to make efforts to lease the property. There is no contractual commitment to advance additional funds to this borrower.
Non-performing residential mortgage loans decreased $6.3 million to $ 23.0 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 29.3 million at December 31, 2012 . Gross charge-offs of residential loans were $ 3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
Non-performing commercial loans decreased $3.3 million, to $ 22.2 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 25.5 million at December 31, 2012 . Non-performing commercial loans at December 31, 2013 consisted of 33 loans. The largest non-performing commercial loan relationship consisted of five loans to a power systems manufacturer with total outstanding balances of $8.0 million at December 31, 2013 . All contractual payments on these loans, based upon modified terms, were current at December 31, 2013 .
Non-performing consumer loans decreased $1.9 million, to $ 3.9 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 5.9 million at December 31, 2012 . Gross consumer loan charge-offs were $ 3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
Non-performing construction loans decreased $448,000, to $ 8.4 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 8.9 million at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2013 , non-performing construction loans consisted of one loan secured by a first mortgage on a 77,000 square foot newly constructed Class A office building, and a parcel of land with approvals for an 110,000 square foot office building located in Parsippany, New Jersey. The office building is completed, except for tenant improvements, but not leased due to weakness in the market. The property is being marketed and the principals are supporting the project. All contractual payments on this loan, based upon modified terms, were current at December 31, 2013 . The Company has an unfunded commitment of $3.6 million on this loan at December 31, 2013 .
Non-performing multi-family loans declined $9,000 to $ 403,000 at December 31, 2013 , from $ 412,000 at December 31, 2012 .

47



At December 31, 2013 , the Company held $ 5.5 million of foreclosed assets, compared with $ 12.5 million at December 31, 2012 . Foreclosed assets at December 31, 2013 are carried at fair value based on recent appraisals and valuation estimates, less estimated selling costs. Foreclosed assets consisted primarily of $3.0 million of residential properties, $2.4 million of commercial real estate and $59,000 of marine vessels at December 31, 2013 .
Non-performing assets totaled $ 82.2 million, or 1.10 % of total assets at December 31, 2013 , compared to $ 111.5 million, or 1.53 % of total assets at December 31, 2012 . If the non-accrual loans had performed in accordance with their original terms, interest income would have increased by $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 .
Total deposits decreased $ 226.5 million, or 4.2 %, during the year ended December 31, 2013 to $ 5.20 billion from $ 5.43 billion at December 31, 2012 . Core deposits, consisting of savings and all demand deposit accounts, decreased $ 75.8 million, or 1.7 %, to $ 4.40 billion at December 31, 2013 . The largest decrease was in time deposits which decreased $ 150.7 million, or 15.7 %, to $ 806.8 million at December 31, 2013 , with the majority of the decrease occurring in the 6-, 12- and 60-month maturity categories. The Company continued to develop core deposit relationships, while strategically permitting the run-off of higher-costing time deposits. Core deposits represented 84.5 % of total deposits at December 31, 2013 , compared to 82.4 % at December 31, 2012 .
Borrowed funds increased $ 400.6 million, or 49.9 % during the year ended December 31, 2013 , to $ 1.20 billion, as longer-term wholesale funding was added to mitigate interest rate risk, and shorter-term wholesale funding was used to manage the outflow of deposits. Borrowed funds represented 16.1 % of total assets at December 31, 2013 , an increase from 11.0 % at December 31, 2012 .
Total stockholders’ equity increased $ 29.5 million to $ 1.01 billion at December 31, 2013 , from $ 981.2 million at December 31, 2012 . This increase was a result of net income of $ 70.5 million, the allocation of shares to stock-based compensation plans of $8.2 million and the reissuance of shares for the dividend reinvestment program of $ 1.2 million, partially offset by cash dividends of $ 32.3 million, other comprehensive loss of $ 12.6 million and common stock repurchases of $ 5.9 million.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012
General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $70.5 million, compared to $67.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 . Basic and diluted earnings per share were $ 1.23 for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to basic and diluted earnings per share of $ 1.18 for 2012 . Earnings for year ended December 31, 2013 was favorably impacted by the continued improvement in asset quality and related reductions in the provision for loan losses compared with the same period last year. In addition, growth in both average loans outstanding and non-interest bearing demand deposits has contributed to the improvement in earnings. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was adversely impacted by the write-off of a deferred tax asset related to non-qualified stock options issued shortly after the Company's 2003 initial public offering, all of which expired unused in July 2013. The write-off of the related $3.9 million deferred tax asset resulted in a $3.2 million charge to income tax expense and a $735,000 charge to equity in the third quarter of 2013. This write-off reduced both basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 by $0.06.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $ 1.3 million to $ 216.0 million for 2013 , from $ 217.3 million for 2012 . The average interest rate spread declined 6 basis points to 3.19 % for 2013 , from 3.25 % for 2012 . The net interest margin decreased 7 basis points to 3.31 % for 2013 , compared to 3.38 % for 2012 . For the year ended December 31, 2013 , net interest income was unfavorably impacted by compression in net interest margin, which was mitigated by an increase in average loans outstanding, funded in part by growth in non-interest bearing demand deposits.
Interest income decreased $ 9.5 million, or 3.6%, to $ 252.8 million for 2013 , compared to $ 262.3 million for 2012 . The decrease in interest income was attributable to a decrease in the yield on average earning assets, partially offset by an increase in average earning asset balances. The yield on interest-earning assets decreased 21 basis points to 3.87 % for 2013 , from 4.08 % for 2012 , with reductions in yields experienced in nearly all earning asset classes. Average interest-earning assets increased $ 93.5 million, or 1.5 %, to $ 6.53 billion for 2013 , compared to $ 6.43 billion for 2012 . The average outstanding loan balances increased $ 263.8 million, or 5.7 %, to $ 4.92 billion for 2013 from $ 4.66 billion for 2012 , the average balance of securities available for sale decreased $ 160.1 million, or 11.9 %, to $ 1.19 billion for 2013 , compared to $ 1.35 billion for 2012 , and the average balance of investment securities held to maturity increased $ 1.7 million, or 0.5 %, to $ 353.6 million for 2013 , compared to $ 352.0 million for 2012 . These increases were partially offset by a decrease in average interest-earning deposits, Federal funds sold and short-term investment balances of $ 16.8 million, to $ 16.8 million for 2013 , from $ 33.6 million for 2012 .
Interest expense decreased $ 8.2 million, or 18.2 %, to $ 36.8 million for 2013 , from $ 44.9 million for 2012 . The decrease in interest expense was attributable to lower short-term interest rates coupled with a shift in the funding composition to lower-costing core deposits from certificates of deposit and a reduction in the average cost of borrowings. This was partially offset by an increase in average borrowings, which replaced average deposit outflow and funded a portion of the growth in average interest-earning assets. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 15 basis points to 0.68 % for 2013 , from 0.83 % for 2012 .

48



The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits decreased 16 basis points to 0.40 % for 2013 , from 0.56 % for 2012 . The average rate paid on borrowings decreased 20 basis points to 2.06 % for 2013 , from 2.26 % for 2012 . The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities decreased $8.2 million to $ 5.37 billion for 2013 , compared to $ 5.39 billion for 2012 . Average interest-bearing deposits decreased $ 65.7 million, or 1.45 %, to $ 4.46 billion for 2013 , from $ 4.52 billion for 2012 . Within average interest-bearing deposits, average interest-bearing core deposits increased $ 97.5 million, or 2.8 %, for 2013 , compared with 2012 , while average time deposits decreased $ 163.1 million, or 15.66% , for 2013 , compared with 2012 . Also contributing to the decrease in interest expense, average non-interest bearing deposits increased $ 96.2 million, or 12.9 %, to $ 839.3 million for 2013 , from $ 743.1 million for 2012 . Average outstanding borrowings increased $ 44.1 million, or 5.1 %, to $ 908.8 million for 2013 , compared with $ 864.7 million for 2012 .
Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level management considers necessary to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. In determining the level of the allowance for loan losses, management considers past and current loss experience, evaluations of real estate collateral, current economic conditions, volume and type of lending, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the levels of non-performing and other classified loans. The amount of the allowance is based on estimates and the ultimate losses may vary from such estimates as more information becomes available or later events change. Management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis and makes provisions for loan losses, if necessary, in order to maintain the adequacy of the allowance. The Company’s emphasis on continued diversification of the loan portfolio through the origination of commercial loans has been one of the more significant factors management has considered in evaluating the allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses for the past several years. In the event the Company further increases the amount of such types of loans in the portfolio, management may determine that additional or increased provisions for loan losses are necessary, which could adversely affect earnings.
The provision for loan losses was $ 5.5 million in 2013 , compared to $ 16.0 million in 2012 . The decrease in the provision for loan losses was primarily attributable to a decline in non-performing loan formation and an improvement in credit risk ratings. Net charge-offs for 2013 were $ 11.2 million, compared to $ 20.0 million for 2012 . Total charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $ 14.4 million, compared to $ 23.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 . Recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2013 , were $ 3.2 million, compared to $ 3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 . The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013 was $ 64.7 million, or 1.24 % of total loans, compared to $ 70.3 million, or 1.43 % of total loans at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2013 , non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans were 1.48 %, compared to 2.02 % at December 31, 2012 . Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 1.10 % at December 31, 2013 , compared to 1.53 % at December 31, 2012 . At December 31, 2013 , non-performing loans were $ 76.7 million, compared to $ 99.0 million at December 31, 2012 , and non-performing assets were $ 82.2 million at December 31, 2013 , compared to $ 111.5 million at December 31, 2012 .
Non-Interest Income . For the year ended December 31, 2013 , non-interest income totaled $44.2 million, an increase of $540,000, or 1.2%, compared to the same period in 2012. Fee income increased $3.7 million, to $34.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared with the same period in 2012, largely due to increases in prepayment fees on commercial loans, wealth management income and deposit fees. BOLI income increased $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to the same period in the prior year, principally due to the recognition of a policy claim. These increases were partially offset by a $3.5 million decrease in net gains on securities transactions for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to the same period in 2012. Other income decreased $554,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared with the same period in 2012, primarily due to a $491,000 decrease in gains on loan sales, a $525,000 decrease associated with the sale of a parcel of land in 2012, partially offset by a $478,000 increase in net gains on the sales of foreclosed real estate. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized a $434,000 net other-than-temporary impairment charge related to an investment in a previously impaired non-Agency mortgage-backed security.
Non-Interest Expense . For the year ended December 31, 2013 , non-interest expense was $148.8 million, a decrease of $65,000 from the year ended December 31, 2012 . Other operating expenses decreased $2.0 million, primarily due to a reduction in non-performing asset related expenses and charges incurred in the prior year period, which included $545,000 related to damages sustained in Superstorm Sandy, $213,000 associated with the termination of a software contract in connection with the Beacon integration and $222,000 related to the consolidation of underperforming branches. In addition, the amortization of intangibles decreased $842,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared with the same period in 2012, as a result of scheduled reductions in core deposit intangible amortization. FDIC insurance costs declined $417,000 as a result of a lower assessment rate and advertising expense decreased $249,000 to $3.9 million. Partially offsetting these reductions, compensation and benefits expense increased $3.2 million and data processing expense increased $232,000, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to the same period last year. The increase in compensation and benefits expense was principally due to an increase in the incentive compensation accrual, an increase in stock-based compensation resulting from an increase in the Company's stock price and an increase in salaries and related payroll taxes, partially offset by a reduction in employee medical and retirement benefit

49



costs and severance expense. The increase in data processing expense was attributable to increased software maintenance and Internet-banking costs.
Income Tax Expense . For the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company’s income tax expense was $35.4 million, compared with $28.9 million, for the same period in 2012. The increase in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to a $3.2 million charge associated with the write-off of a deferred tax asset related to expired non-qualified stock options in the third quarter of 2013, and growth in pre-tax income from taxable sources. The Company’s effective tax rate was 33.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared with 30.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012 .
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011
General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $ 67.3 million, compared to $ 57.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Basic and diluted earnings per share were $ 1.18 for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to basic and diluted earnings per share of $ 1.01 for 2011 . The increase in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2012 , was largely attributable to continued improvements in asset quality and related reductions in the provision for loan losses, inclusive of consideration for possible loan losses related to Superstorm Sandy, while growth in both average loans outstanding and average lower-costing core deposits more than offset the impact of compression in asset yields.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $ 1.3 million to $ 217.3 million for 2012 , from $ 216.0 million for 2011 . The average interest rate spread declined 8 basis points to 3.25% for 2012 , from 3.33% for 2011 . The net interest margin decreased 11 basis points to 3.38% for 2012 , compared to 3.49% for 2011 . For the year ended December 31, 2012 , the favorable effects of an increase in average loans outstanding and reductions in funding costs outpaced the impact of the downward repricing of earning assets.
Interest income decreased $ 13.5 million, or 4.9 %, to $ 262.3 million for 2012 , compared to $ 275.7 million for 2011 . The decrease in interest income was attributable to a decrease in the yield on average earning assets, partially offset by an increase in average earning asset balances. The yield on interest-earning assets decreased 38 basis points to 4.08% for 2012 , from 4.46% for 2011 , with reductions in yields experienced in nearly all earning asset classes. Average interest-earning assets increased $273.2 million, or 4.4%, to $6.43 billion for 2012 , compared to $6.16 billion for 2011 . The average outstanding loan balances increased $235.3 million, or 5.3%, to $4.66 billion for 2012 from $4.42 billion for 2011 , the average balance of securities available for sale increased $46.1 million, or 3.5%, to $1.35 billion for 2012 , compared to $1.30 billion for 2011 , and the average balance of investment securities increased $6.5 million, or 1.9%, to $352.0 million for 2012 , compared to $345.5 million for 2011 . These increases were partially offset by a decrease in average interest-earning deposits, Federal funds sold and short-term investment balances of $15.5 million, or 31.6%, to $33.6 million for 2012 , from $49.2 million for 2011 .
Interest expense decreased $ 14.8 million, or 24.8 %, to $ 44.9 million for 2012 , from $ 59.7 million for 2011 . The decrease in interest expense was attributable to lower short-term interest rates coupled with a shift in the funding composition to lower-costing core deposits from certificates of deposit and a reduction in average borrowings, partially offset by an increase in average interest-bearing deposit balances. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 30 basis points to 0.83% for 2012 , from 1.13% for 2011 . The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits decreased 27 basis points to 0.56% for 2012 , from 0.83% for 2011 . The average rate paid on borrowings decreased 29 basis points to 2.26% for 2012 , from 2.55% for 2011 . The average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased $94.8 million, or 1.8%, to $5.39 billion for 2012 , compared to $5.29 billion for 2011 . Average interest-bearing deposits increased $139.6 million, or 3.2%, to $4.52 billion for 2012 , from $4.39 billion for 2011 . Within average interest-bearing deposits, average interest-bearing core deposits increased $311.4 million, or 9.8%, for 2012 , compared with 2011 , while average time deposits decreased $171.8 million, or 14.2%, for 2012 , compared with 2011 . Further aiding the increase in net interest income, average non-interest bearing deposits increased $137.3 million, or 22.7%, to $743.1 million for 2012 , from $605.8 million for 2011 . Average outstanding borrowings decreased $44.8 million, or 4.9%, to $864.7 million for 2012 , compared with $909.5 million for 2011 , as deposits replaced wholesale funding.
Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses was $ 16.0 million in 2012 , compared to $ 28.9 million in 2011 . The provision for loan losses for 2012 included $1.5 million for possible loan losses related to Superstorm Sandy. The decrease in the provision for loan losses was primarily attributable to a decline in non-performing loan formation and an improvement in credit risk ratings. Net charge-offs for 2012 were $ 20.0 million, compared to $ 23.3 million for 2011 . Total charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $ 23.9 million, compared to $ 25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2012 , were $ 3.9 million, compared to $ 1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012 was $ 70.3 million, or 1.43 % of total loans, compared to $ 74.4 million, or 1.60% of total loans at December 31, 2011 . At December 31, 2012 , non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans were 2.02 %, compared to 2.63% at December 31, 2011 . Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 1.53 % at December 31, 2012 , compared to 1.91% at December 31, 2011 . At December 31, 2012 , non-performing loans were $ 99.0 million, compared to $122.5 million at December 31, 2011 , and non-performing assets were $ 111.5 million at December 31, 2012 , compared to $135.4 million at December 31, 2011 .

50



Non-Interest Income . For the year ended December 31, 2012 , non-interest income totaled $ 43.6 million, an increase of $ 11.1 million, or 34.0 %, compared to the same period in 2011 . Fee income totaled $ 30.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , an increase of $ 4.9 million compared with the same period in 2011 , largely due to an increase in wealth management fees attributable to the August 2011 acquisition of Beacon Trust Company (“Beacon”) and increased prepayment fees on commercial loans, which were partially offset by lower overdraft fee income. Net gains on securities transactions totaled $ 4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to $ 708,000 for the same period in 2011 . During the year, the Company identified and sold certain mortgage-backed securities which had a high risk of accelerated prepayment. The proceeds from the sales were reinvested in similar securities with more stable projected cash flows. Also contributing to the increase in non-interest income, other income increased $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared with the same period in 2011 , primarily due to a $525,000 net gain recognized on the sale of a vacant parcel of land, $568,000 in income associated with the termination of the Company’s debit card rewards program, losses previously recorded in 2011 related to the sale of the Company’s former administrative facilities, and an increase in gains resulting from a larger number of loan sales. Other-than-temporary impairment charges on investment securities declined $302,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to last year, as the Company did not experience any other-than-temporary impairment on its securities portfolio in 2012.
Non-Interest Expense . Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $148.8 million, an increase of $6.4 million, or 4.5%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 . Compensation and benefits expense increased $6.0 million, to $80.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 , due to higher salary expense associated with annual merit increases, personnel added as a result of the Beacon acquisition, an increased incentive compensation accrual and increased employee medical and retirement benefit costs. In addition, other operating expense increased $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 , due primarily to increased non-performing asset related expenses, net expenses of $624,000 incurred due to damages sustained in Superstorm Sandy, a $213,000 charge related to the termination of a software contract in connection with the Beacon integration and $222,000 in charges related to the consolidation of underperforming branches. Data processing expense increased $818,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to the same period in 2011 , due to an increase in software maintenance expense, primarily associated with technology enhancements at Beacon, and increased core processing fees. Partially offsetting these increases, impairment of premises and equipment declined $807,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared to last year, due to an impairment charge incurred in the first quarter of 2011 related to the then planned sale and relocation of the Company’s former loan center. FDIC insurance expense decreased $788,000 to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared with the same period in 2011 . The decrease was primarily due to a lower assessment rate and a change in assessment methodology from a deposit-based to an asset-based assessment, effective in the second quarter of 2012. Net occupancy expense decreased $644,000 to $20.5 million, compared to the same period last year, due to the consolidation and relocation of the Company’s administrative offices in April 2011 and the elimination of prior year carrying costs on previously occupied facilities owned by the Company that were sold in November 2011. Additionally, amortization of intangibles decreased $564,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared with the same period of 2011 , as a result of scheduled reductions in core deposit intangible amortization, partially offset by the amortization of the customer relationship intangible arising from the Beacon acquisition.
Income Tax Expense . For the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company’s income tax expense was $28.9 million, compared with $19.8 million in 2011 . The increase in income tax expense was primarily attributable to an increase in pre-tax income. The Company’s effective tax rate was 30.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012 , compared with 25.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011 . The increase in the effective tax rate and income tax expense was primarily a function of growth in pre-tax income from taxable sources.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet financial obligations to its depositors, to fund loans and securities purchases, deposit outflows and operating expenses. Sources of funds include scheduled amortization of loans, loan prepayments, scheduled maturities of investments, cash flows from mortgage-backed securities and the ability to borrow funds from the FHLB of New York and approved broker dealers.
Cash flows from loan payments and maturing investment securities are a fairly predictable source of funds. Changes in interest rates, local economic conditions and the competitive marketplace can influence loan prepayments, prepayments on mortgage-backed securities and deposit flows. For each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , loan repayments totaled $ 1.47 billion and $ 1.41 billion, respectively.
One- to four-family residential loans, consumer loans, commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans and commercial and small business loans are the primary investments of the Company. Purchasing securities for the investment portfolio is a secondary use of funds and the investment portfolio is structured to complement and facilitate the Company’s lending activities and ensure adequate liquidity. Loan originations and purchases totaled $ 1.81 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to

51



$ 1.73 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 . Purchases for the investment portfolio totaled $401.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 , compared to $585.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 .
At December 31, 2013 , the Bank had outstanding loan commitments to borrowers of $910.1 million, including undisbursed home equity lines and personal credit lines of $252.5 million. Total deposits decreased $ 226.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 . Deposit activity is affected by changes in interest rates, competitive pricing and product offerings in the marketplace, local economic conditions, customer confidence and other factors such as stock market volatility. Certificate of deposit accounts that are scheduled to mature within one year totaled $ 529.9 million at December 31, 2013 . Based on its current pricing strategy and customer retention experience, the Bank expects to retain a significant share of these accounts. The Bank manages liquidity on a daily basis and expects to have sufficient cash to meet all of its funding requirements.
As of December 31, 2013 , the Bank exceeded all minimum regulatory capital requirements. At December 31, 2013 , the Bank’s leverage (Tier 1) capital ratio was 8.34 %. FDIC regulations require banks to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets of 4.00 %. At December 31, 2013 , the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio was 12.67 %. Under current regulations, the minimum required ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8.00 %. A bank is considered to be well-capitalized if it has a leverage (Tier 1) capital ratio of at least 5.00 % and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.00 %.
Off-Balance Sheet and Contractual Obligations
Off-balance sheet and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 , are summarized below:
Payments Due by Period
(In thousands)
Total
Less than
1 year
1-3 years
3-5 years
More than
5 years
Off-Balance Sheet:
Long-term commitments
$
891,943

$
402,876

$
226,009

$
24,584

$
238,474

Letters of credit
18,142

17,761

381



Total Off-Balance Sheet
910,085

420,637

226,390

24,584

238,474

Contractual Obligations:
Operating leases
44,276

6,209

11,388

10,130

16,549

Certificate of deposits
806,754

529,896

193,457

82,344

1,057

Total Contractual Obligations
851,030

536,105

204,845

92,474

17,606

Total
$
1,761,115

$
956,742

$
431,235

$
117,058

$
256,080


Off-balance sheet commitments consist of unused commitments to borrowers for term loans, unused lines of credit and outstanding letters of credit. Total off-balance sheet obligations were $910.1 million at December 31, 2013 , an increase of $41.1 million, or 4.7%, from $869.0 million at December 31, 2012 .
Contractual obligations consist of operating leases and certificate of deposit liabilities. There was one securities purchase of $139,000 that was entered into in 2013 and that settled in 2014. There were no securities purchases that were entered into in 2012 that would have settled in 2013 . Total contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 were $851.0 million, a decrease of $154.6 million, or 15.4%, compared to $1.01 billion at December 31, 2012 . Contractual obligations under operating leases decreased $3.8 million, or 8.0%, to $44.3 million at December 31, 2013 , from $48.1 million at December 31, 2012 , and certificate of deposit accounts decreased $ 150.7 million, or 15.7 %, to $ 806.8 million at December 31, 2013 , from $ 957.5 million at December 31, 2012 .

Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Qualitative Analysis. Interest rate risk is the exposure of a bank’s current and future earnings and capital arising from adverse movements in interest rates. The guidelines of the Company’s interest rate risk policy seek to limit the exposure to changes in interest rates that affect the underlying economic value of assets and liabilities, earnings and capital. To minimize interest rate risk, the Company generally sells 20- and 30-year fixed-rate mortgage loans at origination. Commercial real estate loans generally have interest rates that reset in five years, and other commercial loans such as construction loans and commercial lines of credit reset with changes in the Prime rate, the Federal funds rate or LIBOR. Investment securities purchases generally have maturities of five years or less, and mortgage-backed securities have weighted average lives initially between three and five years.
The Asset/Liability Committee meets on at least a monthly basis to review the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, net interest margin, net income and economic value of equity. Members of the Asset/Liability Committee include the

52



Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as other senior officers from the Bank’s finance, lending, credit and customer management departments. The Asset/Liability Committee reviews a variety of strategies that project changes in asset or liability mix and the impact of those changes on projected net interest income and net income.
The Company’s strategy for liabilities has been to maintain a stable core-funding base by focusing on core deposit account acquisition and increasing products and services per household. Certificate of deposit accounts as a percentage of total deposits were 15.5 % at December 31, 2013 , compared to 17.6 % at December 31, 2012 . Certificate of deposit accounts are generally short-term. As of December 31, 2013 , 65.7 % of all time deposits had maturities of one year or less compared to 65.2 % at December 31, 2012 . The Company’s ability to retain maturing certificate of deposit accounts is the result of a strategy to remain competitively priced within the marketplace. The Company’s pricing strategy may vary depending upon funding needs and the Company’s ability to fund operations through alternative sources, primarily by accessing short-term lines of credit with the FHLB of New York during periods of pricing dislocation.
Quantitative Analysis. Current and future sensitivity to changes in interest rates are measured through the use of balance sheet and income simulation models. The analyses capture changes in net interest income using flat rates as a base, a most likely rate forecast and rising and declining interest rate forecasts. Changes in net interest income and net income for the forecast period, generally twelve to twenty-four months, are measured and compared to policy limits for acceptable change. The Company periodically reviews historical deposit repricing activity and makes modifications to certain assumptions used in its income simulation model regarding the interest rate sensitivity of deposits without maturity dates. These modifications are made to more precisely reflect the most likely results under the various interest rate change scenarios. Since it is inherently difficult to predict the sensitivity of interest bearing deposits to changes in interest rates, the changes in net interest income due to changes in interest rates cannot be precisely predicted. There are a variety of reasons that may cause actual results to vary considerably from the predictions presented below which include, but are not limited to, the timing, magnitude, and frequency of changes in interest rates, interest rate spreads, prepayments, and actions taken in response to such changes. Specific assumptions used in the simulation model include:
Parallel yield curve shifts for market rates;
Current asset and liability spreads to market interest rates are fixed;
Traditional savings and interest bearing demand accounts move at 10% of the rate ramp in either direction;
Retail Money Market and Business Money Market accounts move at 25% and 75% of the rate ramp in either direction, respectively; and
Higher-balance demand deposit tiers and promotional demand accounts move at 50% to 75% of the rate ramp in either direction.
The following table sets forth the results of the twelve month projected net interest income model as of December 31, 2013 .
Change in
Interest Rates in
Basis Points
(Rate Ramp)
Net Interest Income
Amount ($)
Change ($)
Change (%)
(Dollars in thousands)
-100
218,454

(1,735
)
(0.8
)
Static
220,189



+100
215,046

(5,143
)
(2.3
)
+200
209,565

(10,624
)
(4.8
)
+300
204,196

(15,993
)
(7.3
)

The above table indicates that as of December 31, 2013 , in the event of a 300 basis point increase in interest rates, whereby rates ramp up evenly over a twelve-month period, the Company would experience a 7.3 %, or $ 16.0 million decrease in net interest income. In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, whereby rates ramp down evenly over a twelve-month period, the Company would experience a 0.8 %, or $ 1.7 million decrease in net interest income.
Another measure of interest rate sensitivity is to model changes in economic value of equity through the use of immediate and sustained interest rate shocks. The following table illustrates the economic value of equity model results as of December 31, 2013 .

53



Change in
Interest Rates
Present Value of Equity
Present Value of Equity
as Percent of Present
Value of Assets
Dollar
Amount
Dollar
Change
Percent
Change
Present Value
Ratio
Percent
Change
(Basis Points)
(Dollars in thousands)
-100
1,299,637

70,635

5.7

16.6
4.5

Flat
1,229,002



15.9

+100
1,163,164

(65,838
)
(5.4
)
15.2
(4.1
)
+200
1,097,487

(131,515
)
(10.7
)
14.6
(8.4
)
+300
1,025,338

(203,664
)
(16.6
)
13.8
(13.3
)

The preceding table indicates that as of December 31, 2013 , in the event of an immediate and sustained 300 basis point increase in interest rates, the Company would experience a 16.6 %, or $ 203.7 million reduction in the present value of equity. If rates were to decrease 100 basis points, the Company would experience a 5.7 %, or $ 70.6 million increase in the present value of equity.
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes in net interest income requires the making of certain assumptions regarding prepayment and deposit decay rates, which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. While management believes such assumptions are reasonable, there can be no assurance that assumed prepayment rates and decay rates will approximate actual future loan prepayment and deposit withdrawal activity. Moreover, the net interest income table presented assumes that the composition of interest sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration to maturity or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the net interest income table provides an indication of the Company’s interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurement is not intended to and does not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on net interest income and will differ from actual results.

54



Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The following are included in this item:
(A)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(B)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
(C)
Consolidated Financial Statements:
(1)
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012
(2)
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
(3)
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
(4)
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
(5)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
(6)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(D)
Provident Financial Services, Inc., Condensed Financial Statements:
(1)
Condensed Statement of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012
(2)
Condensed Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
(3)
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
The supplementary data required by this Item (selected quarterly financial data) is provided in Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

55



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Provident Financial Services, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Provident Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 . These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Provident Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Provident Financial Services, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 , based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/    KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 3, 2014

56



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Provident Financial Services, Inc.:
We have audited Provident Financial Services, Inc.’s and subsidiary (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 , based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) (1992) . The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Provident Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 , based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Provident Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 , and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/    KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 3, 2014

57



PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(Dollars in Thousands, except share data)
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
$
100,053

$
101,850

Short-term investments
1,171

1,973

Total cash and cash equivalents
101,224

103,823

Securities available for sale, at fair value
1,157,594

1,264,002

Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $355,913 and $374,916 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)
357,500

359,464

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
58,070

37,543

Loans
5,194,813

4,904,699

Less allowance for loan losses
64,664

70,348

Net loans
5,130,149

4,834,351

Foreclosed assets, net
5,486

12,473

Banking premises and equipment, net
66,448

66,120

Accrued interest receivable
22,956

24,002

Intangible assets
356,432

357,907

Bank-owned life insurance
150,511

147,286

Other assets
80,958

76,724

Total assets
$
7,487,328

$
7,283,695

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Deposits:

Demand deposits
$
3,473,724

$
3,556,715

Savings deposits
921,993

914,787

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more
270,631

324,901

Other time deposits
536,123

632,572

Total deposits
5,202,471

5,428,975

Mortgage escrow deposits
20,376

21,042

Borrowed funds
1,203,879

803,264

Other liabilities
49,849

49,168

Total liabilities
6,476,575

6,302,449

Stockholders’ Equity:

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued


Common stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 83,209,293 shares issued and 59,917,649 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013, and 83,209,293 shares issued and 59,937,955 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012, respectively
832

832

Additional paid-in capital
1,026,144

1,021,507

Retained earnings
427,763

389,549

Accumulated other comprehensive income
(4,851
)
7,716

Treasury stock
(390,380
)
(386,270
)
Unallocated common stock held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(48,755
)
(52,088
)
Common stock acquired by the Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan
(7,205
)
(7,298
)
Deferred compensation—Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan
7,205

7,298

Total stockholders’ equity
1,010,753

981,246

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
7,487,328

$
7,283,695


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

58



PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
(Dollars in Thousands, except share data)
Years ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Interest income:
Real estate secured loans
$
152,429

$
155,078

$
158,731

Commercial loans
40,428

40,942

42,759

Consumer loans
23,644

25,208

25,793

Securities available for sale and Federal Home Loan Bank stock
25,250

29,141

36,157

Investment securities held to maturity
10,987

11,808

12,160

Deposits, Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
39

82

119

Total interest income
252,777

262,259

275,719

Interest expense:
Deposits
18,031

25,348

36,552

Borrowed funds
18,736

19,574

23,177

Total interest expense
36,767

44,922

59,729

Net interest income
216,010

217,337

215,990

Provision for loan losses
5,500

16,000

28,900

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
210,510

201,337

187,090

Non-interest income:
Fees
34,045

30,336

25,418

Bank-owned life insurance
6,596

5,276

5,242

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities
(434
)

(1,661
)
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)


1,359

Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings
(434
)

(302
)
Net gain on securities transactions
996

4,497

708

Other income
2,950

3,504

1,476

Total non-interest income
44,153

43,613

32,542

Non-interest expense:
Compensation and employee benefits
83,000

79,814

74,904

Net occupancy expense
20,560

20,487

21,131

Data processing expense
10,550

10,318

9,500

FDIC Insurance
4,678

5,095

5,883

Impairment of premises and equipment


807

Advertising and promotion expense
3,890

4,139

3,951

Amortization of intangibles
1,624

2,466

3,030

Other operating expenses
24,461

26,509

23,240

Total non-interest expenses
148,763

148,828

142,446

Income before income tax expense
105,900

96,122

77,186

Income tax expense
35,366

28,855

19,842

Net income
$
70,534

$
67,267

$
57,344

Basic earnings per share
$
1.23

$
1.18

$
1.01

Average basic shares outstanding
57,236,909

57,145,868

56,856,083

Diluted earnings per share
$
1.23

$
1.18

$
1.01

Average diluted shares outstanding
57,361,443

57,199,804

56,868,524

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

59



PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Years ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Net income
$
70,534

$
67,267

$
57,344

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:
Net unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period
(19,428
)
1,810

4,244

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income
(589
)
(2,660
)
(419
)
Total
(20,017
)
(850
)
3,825

Other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities available for sale:
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities


(983
)
Reclassification adjustment for impairment losses included in net income
257


179

Total
257


(804
)
Amortization related to post-retirement obligations
7,193

(1,005
)
(8,204
)
Total other comprehensive loss
(12,567
)
(1,855
)
(5,183
)
Total comprehensive income
$
57,967

$
65,412

$
52,161


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

60



PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
(Dollars in Thousands)
COMMON
STOCK
ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN
CAPITAL
RETAINED
EARNINGS
ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
TREASURY
STOCK
UNALLOCATED
ESOP
SHARES
COMMON
STOCK
ACQUIRED
BY DDFP
DEFERRED
COMPENSATION
DDFP
TOTAL
STOCKHOLDERS’
EQUITY
Balance at December 31, 2010
$
832

$
1,017,315

$
332,472

$
14,754

$
(385,094
)
$
(58,592
)
$
(7,482
)
$
7,482

$
921,687

Net income


57,344






57,344

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
(5,183
)
$
(5,183
)
Cash dividends paid



(26,805
)





(26,805
)
Distributions from DDFP






92

(92
)

Purchases of treasury stock




(4,139
)



(4,139
)
Shares issued dividend reinvestment plan

(1,319
)


4,499




3,180

Option exercises




9




9

Allocation of ESOP shares

(660
)



3,127



2,467

Allocation of SAP shares

3,198







3,198

Allocation of stock options

719







719

Balance at December 31, 2011
$
832

$
1,019,253

$
363,011

$
9,571

$
(384,725
)
$
(55,465
)
$
(7,390
)
$
7,390

$
952,477


61



PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 —(Continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
COMMON
STOCK
ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN
CAPITAL
RETAINED
EARNINGS
ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
TREASURY
STOCK
UNALLOCATED
ESOP
SHARES
COMMON
STOCK
ACQUIRED
BY DDFP
DEFERRED
COMPENSATION
DDFP
TOTAL
STOCKHOLDERS’
EQUITY
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
832

$
1,019,253

$
363,011

$
9,571

$
(384,725
)
$
(55,465
)
$
(7,390
)
$
7,390

$
952,477

Net income


67,267






67,267

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
(1,855
)
(1,855
)
Cash dividends paid


(40,729
)





(40,729
)
Distributions from DDFP






92

(92
)

Purchases of treasury stock




(9,424
)



(9,424
)
Shares issued dividend reinvestment plan

(1,755
)


7,845




6,090

Option exercises

(6
)


34




28

Allocation of ESOP shares

(452
)



3,377



2,925

Allocation of SAP shares

4,015







4,015

Allocation of stock options

452







452

Balance at December 31, 2012
$
832

$
1,021,507

$
389,549

$
7,716

$
(386,270
)
$
(52,088
)
$
(7,298
)
$
7,298

$
981,246


62



PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 —(Continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
COMMON
STOCK
ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN
CAPITAL
RETAINED
EARNINGS
ACCUMULATED
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME (LOSS)
TREASURY
STOCK
UNALLOCATED
ESOP
SHARES
COMMON
STOCK
ACQUIRED
BY DDFP
DEFERRED
COMPENSATION
DDFP
TOTAL
STOCKHOLDERS’
EQUITY
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
832

$
1,021,507

$
389,549

$
7,716

$
(386,270
)
$
(52,088
)
$
(7,298
)
$
7,298

$
981,246

Net income


70,534






70,534

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(12,567
)
(12,567
)
Cash dividends paid


(32,320
)





(32,320
)
Distributions from DDFP






93

(93
)

Purchases of treasury stock




(5,899
)



(5,899
)
Shares issued dividend reinvestment plan

(57
)


1,301




1,244

Option exercises

(134
)


488




354

Allocation of ESOP shares

(15
)



3,333



3,318

Allocation of SAP shares

4,546







4,546

Allocation of stock options

297







297

Balance at December 31, 2013
$
832

$
1,026,144

$
427,763

$
(4,851
)
$
(390,380
)
$
(48,755
)
$
(7,205
)
$
7,205

$
1,010,753


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

63




PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011
(Dollars in Thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
$
70,534

$
67,267

$
57,344

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
8,776

9,327

9,660

Impairment charge premises & equipment


807

Provision for loan losses
5,500

16,000

28,900

Deferred tax expense (benefit)
5,531

(1,134
)
(3,762
)
Increase in cash surrender value of Bank-owned Life Insurance
(6,596
)
(5,276
)
(5,242
)
Net amortization of premiums and discounts on securities
12,942

16,545

12,680

Accretion of net deferred loan fees
(3,877
)
(3,493
)
(2,165
)
Amortization of premiums on purchased loans
1,286

1,694

1,902

Net increase in loans originated for sale
(30,977
)
(36,723
)
(21,394
)
Proceeds from sales of loans originated for sale
32,447

38,684

22,675

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets
13,686

16,484

15,746

ESOP expense
2,559

2,030

1,926

Allocation of stock award shares
4,869

3,658

3,198

Allocation of stock options
297

452

719

Net gain on sale of loans
(1,470
)
(1,961
)
(1,281
)
Net gain on securities available for sale
(996
)
(4,497
)
(708
)
Impairment charge on securities
434


302

Net gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment
(42
)
(633
)
271

Net gain (loss) on sale of foreclosed assets
(403
)
75

(127
)
Contribution to pension plan

(4,113
)
(4,854
)
Decrease in accrued interest receivable
1,046

651

604

Increase in other assets
(16,325
)
(9,228
)
(13,900
)
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
173

2,482

(9,468
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
99,394

108,291

93,833

Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of investment securities held to maturity
97,974

77,207

78,697

Purchases of investment securities held to maturity
(97,964
)
(89,281
)
(81,566
)
Proceeds from sales of securities
14,834

106,768

24,149

Proceeds from maturities calls and paydowns of securities available for sale
351,472

488,590

421,368

Purchases of securities available for sale
(303,334
)
(495,726
)
(449,419
)
Cash consideration paid to acquire Beacon Trust, net of cash and cash equivalents


(7,254
)
Purchases of loans
(34,766
)
(73,740
)
(79,521
)
Net increase in loans
(259,359
)
(191,904
)
(189,317
)
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
35

638

11,977

Purchases of premises and equipment, net
(7,709
)
(7,658
)
(8,546
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(238,817
)
(185,106
)
(279,432
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net (decrease) increase in deposits
(226,504
)
271,674

278,863

(Decrease) increase in mortgage escrow deposits
(666
)
283

1,397

Purchase of treasury stock
(5,899
)
(9,424
)
(4,139
)
Cash dividends paid to stockholders
(32,320
)
(40,729
)
(26,805
)
Shares issued to dividend reinvestment plan
1,244

6,090

3,180

Stock options exercised
354

28

9

Proceeds from long-term borrowings
301,000


236,300

Payments on long-term borrowings
(79,090
)
(55,700
)
(280,088
)
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
178,705

(61,216
)
(5,715
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
136,824

111,006

203,002

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(2,599
)
34,191

17,403

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
103,823

69,632

52,229

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
101,224

$
103,823

$
69,632

Cash paid during the period for:
Interest on deposits and borrowings
$
36,727

$
45,362

$
60,739

Income taxes
$
29,119

25,858

$
25,909

Non cash investing activities:
Transfer of loans receivable to foreclosed assets
$
6,602

$
16,253

$
25,406

Fair value of assets acquired
$

$
672

$
1,879

Goodwill and customer relationship intangible
$

$
(672
)
$
9,547

Liabilities assumed
$

$

$
926


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statement

64



PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Provident Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”), The Provident Bank (the “Bank”) and their wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made in the consolidated financial statements to conform with current year classifications. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company elected to reclassify certain items on the statements of condition from between, and among other liabilities, deposits and escrow deposits.  This reclassification did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Business
The Company, through the Bank, provides a full range of banking services to individual and business customers through branch offices in New Jersey. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions and to the regulations of certain federal and state agencies, and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated statements of financial condition, and revenues and expenses for the periods then ended. Such estimates are used in connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, evaluation of goodwill for impairment, evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment on securities, evaluation of the need for valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, and determination of liabilities related to retirement and other post-retirement benefits, among others. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such estimates and assumptions are adjusted when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile securities markets, and declines in the housing market and the economy generally have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements in future periods.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, Federal funds sold and commercial paper with maturity dates less than 90 days.
Securities
Securities include investment securities held to maturity and securities available for sale. Securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “investment securities held to maturity” and reported at amortized cost. Securities to be held for indefinite periods of time and not intended to be held to maturity are classified as “securities available for sale” and are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of deferred taxes.
The estimated fair values of the Company’s securities are affected by changes in interest rates, credit spreads, and market illiquidity. The Company conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if any declines in the fair values of securities are other-than-temporary. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 320 “Investments-Debt and Equity Securities” on April 1, 2009, to determine if a decline in value is other-than- temporary, the Company evaluates if it has the intent to sell these securities or if it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the securities before the anticipated recovery. If such a decline were deemed other-than-temporary, the Company would measure the total credit-related component of the unrealized loss, and recognize that portion of the loss as a charge to current period earnings. The remaining portion of the unrealized loss would be recognized as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. In general, as interest rates rise, the market value of fixed-rate securities

65

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


decreases and as interest rates fall, the market value of fixed-rate securities increases. The market for non-investment grade, privately issued mortgage-backed securities remains illiquid and prices have not appreciated despite favorable movements in interest rates. To determine if a decline in value is other-than-temporary, the Company evaluates if it has the intent to sell these securities or if it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the securities before the anticipated recovery.
Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized and accreted to income using a method that approximates the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses are recognized when securities are sold or called based on the specific identification method.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock
The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”), is required to hold shares of capital stock of the FHLB at cost based on a specified formula. The Bank carries this investment at cost, which approximates fair value.
Loans
Loans receivable are carried at unpaid principal balances plus unamortized premiums, purchase accounting mark-to-market adjustments, certain deferred direct loan origination costs and deferred loan origination fees and discounts, less the allowance for loan losses.
The Bank defers loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs and accretes such amounts as an adjustment to yield over the expected lives of the related loans using the interest method. Premiums and discounts on loans purchased are amortized or accreted as an adjustment of yield over the contractual lives of the related loans, adjusted for prepayments when applicable, using methodologies which approximate the interest method.
Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they are past due 90 days or more as to contractual obligations or when other circumstances indicate that collection is questionable. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest accrued but not received is reversed against interest income. Payments received on a non-accrual loan are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on an assessment of the ability to collect the loan. A non-accrual loan is restored to accrual status when principal and interest payments become less than 90 days past due and its future collectibility is reasonably assured.
An impaired loan is defined as a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the lender will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that each loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the related collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows. Residential mortgage and consumer loans are deemed smaller balance homogeneous loans which are evaluated collectively for impairment and are therefore excluded from the population of impaired loans.
Allowance for Loan Losses
Losses on loans are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Additions to this allowance are made by recoveries of loans previously charged off and by a provision charged to expense. The determination of the balance of the allowance for loan losses is based on an analysis of the loan portfolio, economic conditions, historical loan loss experience and other factors that warrant recognition in providing for an adequate allowance.
While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions in the Bank’s market area. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance or additional write-downs based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

66

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Foreclosed Assets
Assets acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure are carried at the lower of the outstanding loan balance at the time of foreclosure or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is generally based on recent appraisals. When an asset is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value, less estimated costs to sell, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. A reserve for foreclosed assets may be established to provide for possible write-downs and selling costs that occur subsequent to foreclosure. Foreclosed assets are carried net of the related reserve. Operating results from real estate owned, including rental income, operating expenses, and gains and losses realized from the sales of real estate owned, are recorded as incurred.
Banking Premises and Equipment
Land is carried at cost. Banking premises, furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation, computed using the straight-line method based on their estimated useful lives (generally 25 to 40 years for buildings and 3 to 5 years for furniture and equipment). Leasehold improvements, carried at cost, net of accumulated depreciation, are amortized over the terms of the leases or the estimated useful lives of the assets, whichever are shorter, using the straight-line method. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The determination of whether deferred tax assets will be realizable is predicated on estimates of future taxable income. Such estimates are subject to management’s judgment. A valuation reserve is established when management is unable to conclude that it is more likely than not that it will realize deferred tax assets based on the nature and timing of these items. The Company recognizes, when applicable, interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.
Trust Assets
Trust assets consisting of securities and other property (other than cash on deposit held by the Bank in fiduciary or agency capacities for customers of the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, Beacon Trust Company) are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition because such properties are not assets of the Bank.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets of the Bank consist of goodwill, core deposit premiums, customer relationship premium and mortgage servicing rights. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of identifiable net assets acquired through purchase acquisitions. In accordance with GAAP, goodwill with an indefinite useful life is not amortized, but is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate potential impairment between annual measurement dates. Goodwill is analyzed for impairment each year at September 30 th . As permitted by GAAP, the Company prepares a qualitative assessment in determining whether goodwill may be impaired. The factors considered in the assessment include macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions and overall financial performance of the Company, among others. The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 2013. Based upon its qualitative assessment of goodwill, the Company concluded that goodwill was not impaired and no further quantitative analysis was warranted.
Core deposit premiums represent the intangible value of depositor relationships assumed in purchase acquisitions and are amortized on an accelerated basis over 8.8 years. Customer relationship premiums represent the intangible value of customer relationships assumed in the purchase acquisition of Beacon and are amortized on an accelerated basis over 12.0 years. Mortgage servicing rights are recorded when purchased or when originated mortgage loans are sold, with servicing rights retained. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized on an accelerated method based upon the estimated lives of the related loans, adjusted for prepayments. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value.

67

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Bank-owned Life Insurance
Bank-owned life insurance is accounted for using the cash surrender value method and is recorded at its realizable value.
Employee Benefit Plans
The Bank maintains a pension plan which covers full-time employees hired prior to April 1, 2003, the date on which the pension plan was frozen. The Bank’s policy is to fund at least the minimum contribution required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. GAAP requires an employer to: (a) recognize in its statement of financial position the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation; (b) measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status at the end of the employer’s fiscal year (with limited exceptions); and (c) recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the actuarial gains and losses and the prior service costs and credits that arise during the period.
The Bank has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees of the Bank. The Bank may match a percentage of the first 6% contributed by participants. The Bank’s matching contribution, if any, is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.
The Bank has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). The funds borrowed by the ESOP from the Company to purchase the Company’s common stock are being repaid from the Bank’s contributions and dividends paid on unallocated ESOP shares over a period of up to 30 years. The Company’s common stock not allocated to participants is recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity at cost. Compensation expense for the ESOP is based on the average price of the Company’s stock during each quarter and the amount of shares allocated during the quarter.
Expense related to time vesting stock awards and stock options is based on the fair value of the common stock on the date of the grant and on the fair value of the stock options on the date of the grant, respectively, and is recognized ratably over the vesting period of the awards. Performance vesting stock awards and stock options are either dependent upon a market condition or a performance condition. Market condition is a performance metric tied to a stock price, either on an absolute basis, or a relative basis against peers, while a performance condition is based on internal operations, such as earnings per share. The expense related to a market condition performance vesting stock award or stock option is based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant and is recognized ratably over the performance period. The expense related to a performance condition stock award or stock option is based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant, adjusted periodically based upon the number of awards or options expected to be earned, recognized over the performance period.
In connection with the First Sentinel acquisition in July 2004, the Company assumed the First Savings Bank Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan (the “DDFP”). The DDFP was frozen prior to the acquisition. The Company recorded a deferred compensation equity instrument and corresponding contra-equity account for the value of the shares held by the DDFP at the July 14, 2004 acquisition date. These accounts will be liquidated as shares are distributed from the DDFP in accordance with the plan document. At December 31, 2013, there were 417,443 shares held by the DDFP.
The Bank maintains a non-qualified plan that provides supplemental benefits to certain executives who are prevented from receiving the full benefits contemplated by the 401(k) Plan’s and the ESOP’s benefit formulas under tax law limits for tax-qualified plans.
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions
The Bank provides postretirement health care and life insurance plans to certain of its employees. The life insurance coverage is noncontributory to the participant. Participants contribute to the cost of medical coverage based on the employee’s length of service with the Bank. The costs of such benefits are accrued based on actuarial assumptions from the date of hire to the date the employee is fully eligible to receive the benefits. On December 31, 2002, the Bank eliminated postretirement healthcare benefits for employees with less than 10 years of service. GAAP requires an employer to: (a) recognize in its statement of financial position the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation; (b) measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year (with limited exceptions); and (c) recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the actuarial gains and losses and the prior service costs and credits that arise during the period.

68

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income is divided into net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes items previously recorded directly to equity, such as unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and amortization related to post-retirement obligations. Comprehensive income is presented in a separate Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Segment Reporting
The Company’s operations are solely in the financial services industry and include providing to its customers traditional banking and other financial services. The Company operates primarily in the geographical regions of northern and central New Jersey. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of the Bank’s consolidated financial results. Therefore, the Company has a single operating segment for financial reporting purposes.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock options) were exercised or resulted in the issuance of common stock. These potentially dilutive shares would then be included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period using the treasury stock method. Shares issued and shares reacquired during the period are weighted for the portion of the period that they were outstanding.
Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) in July 2013 issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU“) No. 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists”, which provides guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits and the manner in which an entity would settle at the reporting date any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those years, beginning after December 31, 2013. This guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The FASB in January 2013 issued ASU No. 2013-01, “Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities”, which clarifies the scope of the new offsetting disclosures required under ASU 2011-11. It is limited to (1) derivatives, (2) repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and (3) securities borrowing and lending transactions, that are either: offset in the statement of financial positions in accordance with ASC 210, “Balance Sheet Presentation”, or ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging“, or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement regardless of whether they are presented net in the financial statements. This ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. This guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-2, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”, which requires disclosure of the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) on net income line items only for those items that are reported in their entirety in net income in the period of reclassification. For AOCI reclassification items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, a cross reference to other required U.S. GAAP disclosures. This guidance was effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted this guidance effective March 31, 2013, as required, for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.
Effective March 31, 2012, the Company adopted guidance regarding the presentation of comprehensive income. In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance providing an entity with the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both options, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. This guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other

69

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. As originally issued, ASU 2011-5 requires entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in the statement in which net income is presented and the statement in which other comprehensive income is presented (for both interim and annual financial statements). This requirement was deferred by ASU 2011-12,—Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards. ASU No. 2011-5 is effective for all interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011 with early adoption permitted, and must be applied retrospectively. The Company presented comprehensive income in a separate consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

(2) Stockholders’ Equity and Acquisitions
Stockholders’ Equity
On January 15, 2003, the Bank completed its plan of conversion, and the Bank became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company sold 59.6 million shares of common stock (par value $0.01 per share) at $10.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds in the amount of $567.2 million .
In connection with the Bank’s commitment to its community, the plan of conversion provided for the establishment of a charitable foundation. Provident donated $4.8 million in cash and 1.92 million of authorized but unissued shares of common stock to the foundation, which amounted to $24.0 million in aggregate. The Company recognized an expense, net of income tax benefit, equal to the cash and fair value of the stock during 2003. Conversion costs were deferred and deducted from the proceeds of the shares sold in the offering.
Upon completion of the plan of conversion, a “liquidation account” was established in an amount equal to the total equity of the Bank as of the latest practicable date prior to the conversion. The liquidation account was established to provide a limited priority claim to the assets of the Bank to “eligible account holders” and “supplemental eligible account holders” as defined in the Plan, who continue to maintain deposits in the Bank after the conversion. In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, and only in such event, each eligible account holder and supplemental eligible account holder would receive a liquidation distribution, prior to any payment to the holder of the Bank’s common stock. This distribution would be based upon each eligible account holder’s and supplemental eligible account holder’s proportionate share of the then total remaining qualifying deposits. At December 31, 2013 , the liquidation account, which is an off-balance sheet memorandum account, amounted to $19.9 million .
On December 20, 2013, the Company announced that it had entered into an agreement under which Team Capital Bank ("Team Capital") will merge with and into the Company's subsidiary, The Provident Bank. Consideration will be paid to Team Capital stockholders in a combination of stock and cash valued at approximately $122.0 million on the day of the announcement. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and Team Capital's stockholder approval. The merger will add twelve branches to the Bank's branch network, with five branches in eastern Pennsylvania and seven in western and central New Jersey.
On August 11, 2011, the Bank completed its acquisition of Beacon Trust Company, a New Jersey limited purpose trust company, and Beacon Global Asset Management, Inc., an SEC-registered investment advisor incorporated in Delaware (collectively “Beacon”). Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement announced on May 19, 2011, Beacon’s former parent company, Beacon Financial Corporation may be paid cash consideration in an amount up to $10.5 million , based upon the acquired companies’ financial performance in the three years following the closing of the transaction. Subsequent to the acquisition, Beacon Global Asset Management was merged with and into Beacon Trust Company.
The purpose of the Beacon acquisition was to significantly expand the Company’s wealth management business throughout the state of New Jersey. Beacon’s expertise in trust and wealth management services strategically positions the Company to increase market share and enhance the Company’s non-interest earnings growth.
The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Under this method of accounting, the purchase price was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities of Beacon based upon their fair value as of August 11, 2011. The fair value estimates were considered preliminary and were subject to change for up to one year after the closing of the transaction as additional information became available. During the quarter ended September 30, 2012, the recorded fair values were finalized.
As operating results for Beacon were not significant to the consolidated operating results of the Company, pro forma operating results are not presented herein. The Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes 143 days of combined operations with Beacon.

70

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


In connection with the Beacon acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $6.5 million , none of which is estimated to be deductible for income tax purposes. In addition, a customer relationship intangible (“CRI”) of $2.4 million was recognized and is being amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated useful life of twelve years .

(3) Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks
Included in cash on hand and due from banks at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $21,052,000 and $17,726,000 , respectively, representing reserves required by banking regulations.

(4) Investment Securities Held to Maturity
Investment securities held to maturity at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
2013
Amortized
cost
Gross
unrealized
gains
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair
value
Agency obligations
$
7,523

13

(66
)
7,470

Mortgage-backed securities
5,273

247


5,520

State and municipal obligations
334,750

5,435

(7,198
)
332,987

Corporate obligations
9,954

58

(76
)
9,936

$
357,500

5,753

(7,340
)
355,913

2012
Amortized
cost
Gross
unrealized
gains
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair
value
Agency obligations
$
4,705

34


4,739

Mortgage-backed securities
11,123

460


11,583

State and municipal obligations
336,078

15,332

(585
)
350,825

Corporate obligations
7,558

211


7,769

$
359,464

16,037

(585
)
374,916


The Company generally purchases securities for long-term investment purposes, and differences between carrying and fair values may fluctuate during the investment period. Investment securities held to maturity having a carrying value of $186,251,000 and $256,399,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, were pledged to secure other borrowings, securities sold under repurchase agreements and government deposits.
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2013 by contractual maturity are shown below (in thousands). Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to prepayment or early call privileges of the issuer.
2013
Amortized
cost
Fair
value
Due in one year or less
$
25,201

25,331

Due after one year through five years
48,999

50,098

Due after five years through ten years
118,609

120,390

Due after ten years
159,418

154,574

Mortgage-backed securities
5,273

5,520

$
357,500

355,913



71

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


During 2013 , the Company recognized gains of $90,000 and no losses related to calls on certain securities in the held to maturity portfolio, with total proceeds from the calls totaling $49,631,000 . In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company recognized gross gains of $18,000 , and no gross losses, related to the sales of certain securities, with the proceeds totaling $524,000 . The sales of these securities were in response to the credit deterioration of the issuers.

In 2012, the Company recognized gains of $73,000 and no losses related to calls on certain securities in the held to maturity portfolio, with proceeds from the calls totaling $9,792,000 . For the year ended December 31, 2011, total proceeds from calls was $29,210,000 , with recognized gains of $68,000 and recognized losses of $10,000 . There were no sales of securities from the held to maturity portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
The following table represents the Company’s disclosure on investment securities held to maturity with temporary impairment (in thousands):
December 31, 2013 Unrealized Losses
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Agency obligations
5,766

(66
)


5,766

(66
)
State and municipal obligations
123,988

(5,376
)
19,051

(1,822
)
143,039

(7,198
)
Corporate obligations
5,387

(76
)


5,387

(76
)
$
135,141

(5,518
)
19,051

(1,822
)
154,192

(7,340
)
December 31, 2012 Unrealized Losses
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
State and municipal obligations
$
30,992

(585
)


30,992

(585
)
$
30,992

(585
)


30,992

(585
)

Based on its detailed review of the securities portfolio, the Company believes that as of December 31, 2013 , securities with unrealized loss positions shown above do not represent impairments that are other-than-temporary. The review of the portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment considered the percentage and length of time the fair value of an investment is below book value as well as general market conditions, changes in interest rates, credit risk, whether the Company has the intent to sell the securities and whether it is not more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the securities before the anticipated recovery.
The number of securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2013 totaled 270 , compared with 56 at December 31, 2012 . All temporarily impaired investment securities were investment grade at December 31, 2013 .

(5) Securities Available for Sale
Securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
2013
Amortized
cost
Gross
unrealized
gains
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Agency obligations
$
93,223

372

(179
)
93,416

Mortgage-backed securities
1,060,013

14,493

(19,532
)
1,054,974

State and municipal obligations
8,739

171

(152
)
8,758

Equity securities
357

89


446

$
1,162,332

15,125

(19,863
)
1,157,594


72

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


2012
Amortized
cost
Gross
unrealized
gains
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Agency obligations
$
90,443

574


91,017

Mortgage-backed securities
1,134,647

27,934

(256
)
1,162,325

State and municipal obligations
9,933

384

(1
)
10,316

Equity securities
307

37


344

$
1,235,330

28,929

(257
)
1,264,002


Securities available for sale having a carrying value of $627,053,000 and $597,494,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, are pledged to secure other borrowings and securities sold under repurchase agreements.
The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale at December 31, 2013 , by contractual maturity, are shown below (in thousands). Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to prepayment or early call privileges of the issuer.
2013
Amortized
cost
Fair
value
Due in one year or less
$
21,111

21,188

Due after one year through five years
77,832

78,119

Due after five years through ten years


Due after ten years
3,019

2,867

Mortgage-backed securities
1,060,013

1,054,974

Equity securities
357

446

$
1,162,332

1,157,594


During 2013, proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale were $14,310,000 , resulting in gross gains of $888,000 and no losses. Also, for the year ended December 31, 2013 , proceeds from calls on securities available for sale totaled $896,000 , with no gross gains or losses recognized. For the 2012 period, proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale totaled $106,768,000 , resulting in gross gains of $4,424,000 and no losses. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized gains of $13,000 and losses of $8,000 related to calls on certain available for sale securities, with proceeds totaling $584,000 .
The Company estimates the loss projections for each non-agency mortgage-backed security by stressing the individual loans collateralizing the security and applying a range of expected default rates, loss severities, and prepayment speeds in conjunction with the underlying credit enhancement for each security. Based on specific assumptions about collateral and vintage, a range of possible cash flows was identified to determine whether other-than-temporary impairment existed during the year ended December 31, 2013 .
The following table presents a roll-forward of the credit loss component of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on debt securities for which a non-credit component of OTTI was recognized in other comprehensive income. OTTI recognized in earnings after that date for credit-impaired debt securities is presented as an addition in two components, based upon whether the current period is the first time a debt security was credit-impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time a debt security was credit impaired (subsequent credit impairment). Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities were as follows (in thousands):

73

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


December 31,
2013
December 31,
2012
Beginning credit loss amount
$
1,240

1,240

Add: Initial OTTI credit losses


Subsequent OTTI credit losses
434


Less: Realized losses for securities sold


Securities intended or required to be sold


Increases in expected cash flows on debt securities


Ending credit loss amount
$
1,674

1,240


For the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company incurred a $434,000 subsequent net other-than-temporary impairment charge on a previously impaired non-Agency mortgage-backed security. For the prior year period, the Company did not recognize a net other-than-temporary impairment charge. Prior to these charges, any impairment was considered temporary and was recorded as an unrealized loss on securities available for sale and reflected as a reduction of equity, net of tax, through accumulated other comprehensive income.
The following table represents the Company’s disclosure on securities available for sale with temporary impairment (in thousands):
December 31, 2013 Unrealized Losses
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Agency obligations
$
34,355

(179
)


34,355

(179
)
Mortgage-backed securities
604,778

(18,850
)
13,521

(682
)
618,299

(19,532
)
State and municipal obligations
2,867

(152
)


2,867

(152
)
$
642,000

(19,181
)
13,521

(682
)
655,521

(19,863
)

December 31, 2012 Unrealized Losses
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Fair value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Mortgage-backed securities
$
59,521

(205
)
11,012

(51
)
70,533

(256
)
State and municipal obligations


503

(1
)
503

(1
)
$
59,521

(205
)
11,515

(52
)
71,036

(257
)

The temporary loss position associated with debt securities is the result of changes in interest rates relative to the coupon of the individual security and changes in credit spreads. In addition, there remains a lack of liquidity in certain sectors of the mortgage-backed securities market. Increases in delinquencies and foreclosures have resulted in limited trading activity and significant price declines, regardless of favorable movements in interest rates. The Company does not have the intent to sell securities in a temporary loss position at December 31, 2013 , nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before the anticipated recovery.
The number of securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2013 totaled 76 , compared with 9 at December 31, 2012 . There were 4 private label mortgage-backed securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 , with an amortized cost of $4,248,000 and unrealized losses totaling $25,000 . One of these private label mortgage-backed securities was below investment grade at December 31, 2013 .


74

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


(6) Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses
Loans receivable at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
2013
2012
Mortgage loans:
Residential
$
1,174,043

1,265,015

Commercial
1,400,624

1,349,950

Multi-family
928,906

723,958

Construction
183,289

120,133

Total mortgage loans
3,686,862

3,459,056

Commercial loans
932,199

866,395

Consumer loans
577,602

579,166

Total gross loans
5,196,663

4,904,617

Premiums on purchased loans
4,202

4,964

Unearned discounts
(62
)
(78
)
Net deferred fees
(5,990
)
(4,804
)
$
5,194,813

4,904,699


Premiums and discounts on purchased loans are amortized over the lives of the loans as an adjustment to yield. Required reductions due to loan prepayments are charged against interest income. For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , $1,286,000 , $1,694,000 and $1,902,000 , respectively, decreased interest income as a result of prepayments and normal amortization.
The following table summarizes the aging of loans receivable by portfolio segment and class as follows (in thousands):
At December 31, 2013
30-59 Days
60-89 Days
Non-accrual
Total Past Due
Current
Total Loans
Receivable
Recorded
Investment >
90 days
accruing
Mortgage loans:
.
Residential
$
10,639

5,062

23,011

38,712

1,135,331

1,174,043


Commercial
687

318

18,662

19,667

1,380,957

1,400,624


Multi-family


403

403

928,503

928,906


Construction


8,448

8,448

174,841

183,289


Total mortgage loans
11,326

5,380

50,524

67,230

3,619,632

3,686,862


Commercial loans
305

77

22,228

22,610

909,589

932,199


Consumer loans
2,474

2,194

3,928

8,596

569,006

577,602


Total gross loans
$
14,105

7,651

76,680

98,436

5,098,227

5,196,663



75

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


At December 31, 2012
30-59 Days
60-89 Days
Non-accrual
Total Past Due
Current
Total Loans
Receivable
Recorded
Investment >
90 days
accruing
Mortgage loans:
Residential
$
15,752

11,986

29,293

57,031

1,207,984

1,265,015


Commercial
535

12,194

29,072

41,801

1,308,149

1,349,950


Multi-family


412

412

723,546

723,958


Construction


8,896

8,896

111,237

120,133


Total mortgage loans
16,287

24,180

67,673

108,140

3,350,916

3,459,056


Commercial loans
1,840

70

25,467

27,377

839,018

866,395


Consumer loans
4,144

1,808

5,850

11,802

567,364

579,166


Total gross loans
$
22,271

26,058

98,990

147,319

4,757,298

4,904,617



Included in loans receivable are loans for which the accrual of interest income has been discontinued due to deterioration in the financial condition of the borrowers. The principal amount of these nonaccrual loans was $76,680,000 and $98,990,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. There were no loans ninety days or greater past due and still accruing interest at December 31, 2013 , or 2012 .
If the nonaccrual loans had performed in accordance with their original terms, interest income would have increased by $1,913,000 , $3,022,000 and $3,496,000 , for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The amount of cash basis interest income that was recognized on impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 was not material for the periods presented.
The Company defines an impaired loan as a non-homogenous loan greater than $1.0 million for which it is probable, based on current information, that the Bank will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans also include all loans modified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A loan is deemed to be a TDR when a loan modification resulting in a concession is made by the Bank in an effort to mitigate potential loss arising from a borrower’s financial difficulty. Smaller balance homogeneous loans including residential mortgages and other consumer loans are evaluated collectively for impairment and are excluded from the definition of impaired loans, unless modified as TDRs. The Company separately calculates the reserve for loan loss on impaired loans. The Company may recognize impairment of a loan based upon: (1) the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate; or (2) if a loan is collateral dependent, the fair value of collateral; or (3) the market price of the loan. Additionally, if impaired loans have risk characteristics in common, those loans may be aggregated and historical statistics may be used as a means of measuring those impaired loans.
The Company uses third-party appraisals to determine the fair value of the underlying collateral in its analyses of collateral dependent impaired loans. A third party appraisal is generally ordered as soon as a loan is designated as a collateral dependent impaired loan and updated annually, or more frequently if required.
A specific allocation of the allowance for loan losses is established for each impaired loan with a carrying balance greater than the collateral’s fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Charge-offs are generally taken for the amount of the specific allocation when operations associated with the respective property cease and it is determined that collection of amounts due will be derived primarily from the disposition of the collateral. At each fiscal quarter end, if a loan is designated as a collateral dependent impaired loan and the third party appraisal has not yet been received, an evaluation of all available collateral is made using the best information available at the time, including rent rolls, borrower financial statements and tax returns, prior appraisals, management’s knowledge of the market and collateral, and internally prepared collateral valuations based upon market assumptions regarding vacancy and capitalization rates, each as and where applicable. Once the appraisal is received and reviewed, the specific reserves are adjusted to reflect the appraised value. The Company believes there have been no significant time lapses as a result of this process.
At December 31, 2013 , there were 152 impaired loans totaling $106.4 million , of which 142 loans totaling $89.4 million were TDRs. Included in this total were 115 TDRs related to 110 borrowers totaling $58.2 million that were performing in accordance with their restructured terms and which continued to accrue interest at December 31, 2013 . At December 31, 2012 , there were 108 impaired loans totaling $109.6 million , of which 94 loans totaling $84.0 million were TDRs. Included in this total were 80 TDRs related to 70 borrowers totaling $58.4 million that were performing in accordance with their restructured terms and which continued to accrue interest at December 31, 2012 .

76

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Loans receivable summarized by portfolio segment and impairment method are as follows (in thousands):
At December 31, 2013
Mortgage
loans
Commercial
loans
Consumer
loans
Total
Portfolio
Segments
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
75,839

28,210

2,321

106,370

Collectively evaluated for impairment
3,611,023

903,989

575,281

5,090,293

Total gross loans
$
3,686,862

932,199

577,602

5,196,663


At December 31, 2012
Mortgage
loans
Commercial
loans
Consumer
loans
Total
Portfolio
Segments
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
78,525

29,807

1,298

109,630

Collectively evaluated for impairment
3,380,531

836,588

577,868

4,794,987

Total gross loans
$
3,459,056

866,395

579,166

4,904,617


The allowance for loan losses is summarized by portfolio segment and impairment classification as follows (in thousands):
At December 31, 2013
Mortgage
loans
Commercial
loans
Consumer
loans
Total
Portfolio
Segments
Unallocated
Total
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
7,829

2,221

167

10,217


10,217

Collectively evaluated for impairment
26,315

21,886

4,762

52,963

1,484

54,447

Total
$
34,144

24,107

4,929

63,180

1,484

64,664

At December 31, 2012
Mortgage
loans
Commercial
loans
Consumer
loans
Total
Portfolio
Segments
Unallocated
Total
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
5,172

1,949

90

7,211


7,211

Collectively evaluated for impairment
32,790

18,366

5,134

56,290

6,847

63,137

Total
$
37,962

20,315

5,224

63,501

6,847

70,348


Loan modifications to customers experiencing financial difficulties that are considered TDRs primarily involve lowering the monthly payments on such loans through either a reduction in interest rate below a market rate, an extension of the term of the loan without a corresponding adjustment to the risk premium reflected in the interest rate, or a combination of these two methods. These modifications generally do not result in the forgiveness of principal or accrued interest. In addition, the Company attempts to obtain additional collateral or guarantor support when modifying such loans. If the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and our underwriting process shows the borrower has the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will continue to accrue interest. Non-accruing restructured loans may be returned to accrual status when there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally six consecutive months of payments) and both principal and interest are deemed collectible.

77

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


The following tables present the number of loans modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and their balances immediately prior to the modification date and post-modification as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Number of
Loans
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
($ in thousands)
Mortgage loans:
Residential
42

$
9,097

9,149

Commercial
1

330

304

Total mortgage loans
43

9,427

9,453

Commercial loans
3

1,846

1,816

Consumer loans
8

1,119

1,095

Total restructured loans
54

$
12,392

12,364

Year Ended December 31, 2012
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Number of
Loans
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
($ in thousands)
Mortgage loans:
Residential
35

$
11,469

10,110

Commercial
1

276

276

Total mortgage loans
36

11,745

10,386

Commercial loans
10

14,474

13,542

Consumer loans
5

879

793

Total restructured loans
51

$
27,098

24,721


All TDRs are impaired loans, which are individually evaluated for impairment, as previously discussed. Estimated collateral values of collateral dependent impaired loans modified during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 exceeded the carrying amounts of such loans. As a result, there were no charge-offs recorded on collateral dependent impaired loans presented in the preceding tables for the years ended December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012 . The allowance for loan losses associated with the TDRs presented in the preceding tables totaled $1.0 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively and were included in the allowance for loan losses for loans individually evaluated for impairment.
The TDRs presented in the preceding tables had a weighted average modified interest rate of approximately 4.08% and 4.81% , compared to a yield of 5.75% and 5.89% prior to modification for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

78

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


The following table presents loans modified as TDRs within the previous 12 months from December 31, 2013 and 2012 , and for which there was a payment default (90 days or more past due) during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 :
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
Year Ended
December 31, 2012
Troubled Debt
Restructurings
Subsequently Defaulted
Number of
Loans
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Loans
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
($ in thousands)
($ in thousands)
Mortgage loans:
Residential

$

1

$
121

Commercial




Multi-family




Construction




Total mortgage loans


1

121

Commercial loans
3

1,815



Consumer loans
1

130

1

52

Total restructured loans
4

$
1,945

2

$
173


TDRs that subsequently default are considered collateral dependent impaired loans and are evaluated for impairment based on the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less expected selling costs.
The activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 is as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Balance at beginning of period
$
70,348

74,351

68,722

Provision charged to operations
5,500

16,000

28,900

Recoveries of loans previously charged off
3,222

3,904

1,782

Loans charged off
(14,406
)
(23,907
)
(25,053
)
Balance at end of period
$
64,664

70,348

74,351


The activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Mortgage
loans
Commercial
loans
Consumer
loans
Total
Portfolio
Segments
Unallocated
Total
Balance at beginning of period
$
37,962

20,315

5,224

63,501

6,847

70,348

Provision charged to operations
2,065

6,403

2,395

10,863

(5,363
)
5,500

Recoveries of loans previously charged off
1,133

1,075

1,014

3,222


3,222

Loans charged off
(7,016
)
(3,686
)
(3,704
)
(14,406
)

(14,406
)
Balance at end of period
$
34,144

24,107

4,929

63,180

1,484

64,664



79

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Year ended December 31, 2012
Mortgage
loans
Commercial
loans
Consumer
loans
Total
Portfolio
Segments
Unallocated
Total
Balance at beginning of period
$
39,443

25,381

5,515

70,339

4,012

74,351

Provision charged to operations
6,489

4,422

2,254

13,165

2,835

16,000

Recoveries of loans previously charged off
162

2,771

971

3,904


3,904

Loans charged off
(8,132
)
(12,259
)
(3,516
)
(23,907
)

(23,907
)
Balance at end of period
$
37,962

20,315

5,224

63,501

6,847

70,348


Impaired loans receivable by class are summarized as follows (in thousands):
At December 31, 2013
At December 31, 2012
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
Related
Allowance
Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
Related
Allowance
Average
Recorded
Investment
Interest
Income
Recognized
Loans with no related allowance
Mortgage loans:
Residential
$
13,459

9,999


10,322

299

7,241

5,309


5,395

155

Commercial
4,917

4,667


4,834

3

17,656

14,104


16,579

82

Multi-family










Construction





9,810

8,896


9,738


Total
18,376

14,666


15,156

302

34,707

28,309


31,712

237

Commercial loans
8,163

6,674


8,252

24

7,252

6,117


7,064

53

Consumer loans
754

618


674

26

84

58


71

2

Total loans
$
27,293

21,958


24,082

352

42,043

34,484


38,847

292

Loans with an allow-ance recorded
Mortgage loans:
Residential
$
17,122

16,473

2,571

16,610

557

$
14,139

13,133

1,805

13,206

378

Commercial
37,320

36,251

2,309

36,727

976

37,739

37,083

3,367

37,490

990

Multi-family










Construction
9,810

8,449

2,949

8,659







Total
64,252

61,173

7,829

61,996

1,533

51,878

50,216

5,172

50,696

1,368

Commercial loans
22,779

21,536

2,221

23,204

650

24,545

23,690

1,949

24,777

689

Consumer loans
1,732

1,703

167

1,726

63

1,277

1,240

90

1,291

46

Total loans
$
88,763

84,412

10,217

86,926

2,246

$
77,700

75,146

7,211

76,764

2,103

Total
Mortgage loans:
Residential
$
30,581

26,472

2,571

26,932

856

$
21,380

18,442

1,805

18,601

533

Commercial
42,237

40,918

2,309

41,561

979

55,395

51,187

3,367

54,069

1,072

Multi-family










Construction
9,810

8,449

2,949

8,659


9,810

8,896


9,738


Total
82,628

75,839

7,829

77,152

1,835

86,585

78,525

5,172

82,408

1,605

Commercial loans
30,942

28,210

2,221

31,456

674

31,797

29,807

1,949

31,841

742

Consumer loans
2,486

2,321

167

2,400

89

1,361

1,298

90

1,362

48

Total loans
$
116,056

106,370

10,217

111,008

2,598

$
119,743

109,630

7,211

115,611

2,395


At December 31, 2013 , impaired loans consisted of 152 residential, commercial and commercial mortgage loans totaling $106,370,000 , of which 37 loans totaling $48,204,000 were included in nonaccrual loans. At December 31, 2012 , impaired loans consisted of 108 residential, commercial and commercial mortgage loans totaling $109,630,000 , of which 14 loans totaling $25,674,000 were included in nonaccrual loans. Specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses attributable to impaired loans totaled $10,217,000 and $7,211,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , impaired loans for which there was no related allowance for loan losses totaled $21,958,000 and $34,484,000 , respectively. The average balances of impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 were $111,008,000 , $115,611,000 and $108,654,000 , respectively.

80

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


In the normal course of conducting its business, the Bank extends credit to meet the financing needs of its customers through commitments. Commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments to extend credit (including loan commitments of $657,563,000 and $601,914,000 , at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, and undisbursed home equity and personal credit lines of $252,522,000 and $267,078,000 , at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively), exist, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. These instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The Bank uses the same credit policies and collateral requirements in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet loans. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.
The Bank grants residential real estate loans on single- and multi-family dwellings to borrowers primarily in New Jersey. Its borrowers’ abilities to repay their obligations are dependent upon various factors, including the borrowers’ income and net worth, cash flows generated by the underlying collateral, value of the underlying collateral, and priority of the Bank’s lien on the property. Such factors are dependent upon various economic conditions and individual circumstances beyond the Bank’s control; the Bank is therefore subject to risk of loss. The Bank believes that its lending policies and procedures adequately minimize the potential exposure to such risks and that adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all known and inherent risks. Collateral and/or guarantees are required for virtually all loans.
The Company utilizes an internal nine-point risk rating system to summarize its loan portfolio into categories with similar risk characteristics. Loans deemed to be “acceptable quality” are rated 1 through 4, with a rating of 1 established for loans with minimal risk. Loans that are deemed to be of “questionable quality” are rated 5 (watch) or 6 (special mention). Loans with adverse classifications (substandard, doubtful or loss) are rated 7, 8 or 9, respectively. Commercial mortgage, commercial, multi-family and construction loans are rated individually, and each lending officer is responsible for risk rating loans in his or her portfolio. These risk ratings are then reviewed by the department manager and/or the Chief Lending Officer and by the Credit Administration Department. The risk ratings are also confirmed through periodic loan review examinations, which are currently performed by an independent third party. Reports by the independent third party are presented directly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
Loans receivable by credit quality risk rating indicator are as follows (in thousands):
At December 31, 2013
Residential
Commercial
mortgages
Multi-
family
Construction
Total
mortgages
Commercial
loans
Consumer
loans
Total loans
Special mention
$
5,062

15,301



20,363

28,551

2,037

50,951

Substandard
23,011

54,592

403

8,449

86,455

46,687

4,220

137,362

Doubtful





649


649

Loss








Total classified and criticized
28,073

69,893

403

8,449

106,818

75,887

6,257

188,962

Acceptable/watch
1,145,970

1,330,731

928,503

174,840

3,580,044

856,312

571,345

5,007,701

Total outstanding loans
$
1,174,043

1,400,624

928,906

183,289

3,686,862

932,199

577,602

5,196,663


81

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


At December 31, 2012
Residential
Commercial
mortgages
Multi-
family
Construction
Total
mortgages
Commercial
loans
Consumer
loans
Total loans
Special mention
$
11,986

14,816



26,802

17,076

1,808

45,686

Substandard
29,293

79,235

412

13,642

122,582

54,200

5,666

182,448

Doubtful





464


464

Loss








Total classified and criticized
41,279

94,051

412

13,642

149,384

71,740

7,474

228,598

Acceptable/watch
1,223,736

1,255,899

723,546

106,491

3,309,672

794,655

571,692

4,676,019

Total outstanding loans
$
1,265,015

1,349,950

723,958

120,133

3,459,056

866,395

579,166

4,904,617


(7) Banking Premises and Equipment
A summary of banking premises and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):
2013
2012
Land
$
13,955

13,961

Banking premises
64,129

61,092

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
31,565

43,314

Leasehold improvements
27,503

26,791

Construction in progress
3,687

3,427

140,839

148,585

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
74,391

82,465

$
66,448

66,120


Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 amounted to $7,152,000 , $6,929,000 , and $6,698,000 , respectively.

(8) Intangible Assets
Intangible assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
2013
2012
Goodwill
$
352,609

352,609

Core deposit premiums
1,096

2,061

Customer relationship intangible
1,563

1,898

Mortgage servicing rights
1,164

1,339

$
356,432

357,907


Amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 is as follows (in thousands):
2013
2012
2011
Core deposit premiums
$
965

1,698

2,550

Customer relationship intangible
335

367

158

Mortgage servicing rights
324

401

322

$
1,624

2,466

3,030



82

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Scheduled amortization of core deposit and customer relationship intangibles for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):
Year ended December 31,
2014
$
929

2015
662

2016
318

2017
205

2018
171


(9) Deposits
Deposits at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
2013
Weighted
average
interest rate
2012
Weighted
average
interest rate
Savings deposits
$
921,993

0.09
%
$
914,787

0.15
%
Money market accounts
1,281,596

0.25

1,357,046

0.27

NOW accounts
1,326,941

0.29

1,334,813

0.35

Non-interest bearing deposits
865,187


864,856


Certificates of deposit
806,754

0.97

957,473

1.23

$
5,202,471

$
5,428,975

Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit accounts at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):
2013
2012
Within one year
$
529,896

624,461

One to three years
193,457

250,325

Three to five years
82,344

81,510

Five years and thereafter
1,057

1,177

$
806,754

957,473


Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 is summarized as follows (in thousands):
Years ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Savings deposits
$
960

1,449

2,971

NOW and money market accounts
7,456

10,292

15,168

Certificates of deposits
9,615

13,607

18,413

$
18,031

25,348

36,552


(10) Borrowed Funds
Borrowed funds at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
2013
2012
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
$
246,322

295,616

FHLB line of credit
183,000


FHLB advances
774,557

507,648

$
1,203,879

803,264




83

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


FHLB advances are at fixed rates and mature between February 2014 and November 2018 . These advances are secured by loans receivable and investment securities under a blanket collateral agreement.
Scheduled maturities of FHLB advances at December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):
2013
Due in one year or less
$
132,750

Due after one year through two years
200,997

Due after two years through three years
122,627

Due after three years through four years
168,000

Due after four years through five years
54,183

Thereafter
96,000

$
774,557


Scheduled maturities of securities sold under repurchase agreements at December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):
2013
Due in one year or less
$
76,322

Due after one year through two years
15,000

Due after two years through three years
75,000

Due after three years through four years
25,000

Due after four years through five years
20,000

Thereafter
35,000

$
246,322


The following tables set forth certain information as to Borrowed Funds for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):
Maximum
balance
Average
balance
Weighted
average
interest
rate
2013:
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
$
294,034

260,004

1.74
%
FHLB line of credit
183,000

48,784

0.38

FHLB advances
774,557

599,991

2.34

Federal funds purchased

253

1.00

2012:
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
$
357,164

319,031

2.04
%
FHLB line of credit
178,000

29,004

0.39

FHLB advances
518,215

516,440

2.51

Federal funds purchased

253

1.00


Securities sold under repurchase agreements include wholesale borrowing arrangements, as well as arrangements with deposit customers of the Bank to sweep funds into short-term borrowings. The Bank uses securities available for sale to pledge as collateral for the repurchase agreements.

(11) Benefit Plans
Pension and Post-retirement Benefits
The Bank has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering its full-time employees who had attained age 21 with at least one year of service as of April 1, 2003. The pension plan was frozen on April 1, 2003. All participants in the pension plan are 100% vested. The pension plan’s assets are invested in investment funds and group annuity contracts currently managed by

84

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


the Principal Financial Group and Allmerica Financial. Based on the measurement date of December 31, 2013, management believes that no contributions will be made to the pension plan in 2014.
In addition to pension benefits, certain healthcare and life insurance benefits are currently made available to certain of the Bank’s retired employees. The costs of such benefits are accrued based on actuarial assumptions from the date of hire to the date the employee is fully eligible to receive the benefits. Effective January 1, 2003, eligibility for retiree health care benefits was frozen as to new entrants and benefits were eliminated for employees with less than ten years of service as of December 31, 2002. Effective January 1, 2007, eligibility for retiree life insurance benefits was frozen to new entrants and retiree life insurance benefits were eliminated for employees with less than ten years of service as of December 31, 2006.
The following table sets forth information regarding the pension plan and post-retirement healthcare and life insurance plans (in thousands):
Pension
Post-retirement
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
32,189

28,277

21,210

25,116

23,327

17,556

Service cost



240

252

177

Interest cost
1,273

1,287

1,252

981

1,043

1,020

Actuarial loss (gain)
114

779

1,924

(210
)
231

1,348

Benefits paid
(969
)
(891
)
(822
)
(624
)
(634
)
(662
)
Change in actuarial assumptions
(4,002
)
2,737

4,713

(3,417
)
897

3,888

Benefit obligation at end of year
$
28,605

32,189

28,277

22,086

25,116

23,327

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$
40,072

32,666

28,416




Actual return on plan assets
6,099

4,184

218




Employer contributions

4,113

4,854

624

634

662

Benefits paid
(969
)
(891
)
(822
)
(624
)
(634
)
(662
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
$
45,202

40,072

32,666




Funded status at end of year
$
16,597

7,883

4,389

(22,086
)
(25,116
)
(23,327
)

The prepaid pension benefits of $ 16.6 million and the unfunded post-retirement healthcare and life insurance benefits of $ 22.1 million at December 31, 2013 are included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated statement of financial condition.
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss (gain) related to the pension plan and other post-retirement benefits, on a pre-tax basis, at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized in the following table (in thousands):
Pension
Post-retirement
2013
2012
2013
2012
Unrecognized prior service cost
$


(5
)
(9
)
Unrecognized net actuarial gain
7,699

15,871

(4,076
)
(434
)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss (gain)
$
7,699

15,871

(4,081
)
(443
)


85

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Net periodic benefit cost (increase) for the years ending December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , included the following components (in thousands):
Pension
Post-retirement
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
Service cost
$



240

252

177

Interest cost
1,273

1,287

1,252

981

1,043

1,020

Return on plan assets
(3,167
)
(2,578
)
(2,244
)



Amortization of:
Net gain (loss)
1,352

1,428

721

15

12

(454
)
Unrecognized prior service cost



(4
)
(4
)
(4
)
Net periodic benefit (increase) cost
$
(542
)
137

(271
)
1,232

1,303

739


The weighted average actuarial assumptions used in the plan determinations at December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 were as follows:
Pension
Post-retirement
2013
2012
2011
2013
2012
2011
Discount rate
5.00
%
4.00
%
4.50
%
5.00
%
4.00
%
4.50
%
Rate of compensation increase






Expected return on plan assets
8.00

8.00

8.00




Medical and life insurance benefits cost rate of increase



6.00

6.50

7.00


The Company provides its actuary with certain rate assumptions used in measuring the benefit obligation. The most significant of these is the discount rate used to calculate the period-end present value of the benefit obligations, and the expense to be included in the following year’s financial statements. A lower discount rate will result in a higher benefit obligation and expense, while a higher discount rate will result in a lower benefit obligation and expense. The discount rate assumption was determined based on a cash flow-yield curve model specific to the Company’s pension and post-retirement plans. The Company compares this rate to certain market indices, such as long-term treasury bonds, or the Citigroup pension liability indices, for reasonableness. A discount rate of 5.00% was selected for the December 31, 2013 measurement date and the 2013 expense calculation.
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. A 1% change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have had the following effects on post-retirement benefits at December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
1% increase
1% decrease
Effect on total service cost and interest cost
$
250

(200
)
Effect on post-retirement benefits obligation
$
4,460

(3,550
)

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate for the next five years, are as follows (in thousands):
Pension
Post-retirement
2014
$
1,012,000

$
760,000

2015
1,037,000

782,000

2016
1,097,000

812,000

2017
1,142,000

852,000

2018
1,222,000

884,000


The weighted-average asset allocation of pension plan assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

86

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Asset Category
2013
2012
Domestic equities
44
%
44
%
Foreign equities
14
%
14
%
Fixed income
40
%
40
%
Real estate
2
%
2
%
Cash
0
%
0
%
Total
100
%
100
%

The Company’s expected return on pension plan assets assumption is based on historical investment return experience and evaluation of input from the Investment Consultant and Committee managing the pension plan’s assets. The expected return on pension plan assets is also impacted by the target allocation of assets, which is based on the Company’s goal of earning the highest rate of return while maintaining risk at acceptable levels.
Management strives to have pension plan assets sufficiently diversified so that adverse or unexpected results from one security class will not have a significant detrimental impact on the entire portfolio. The target allocation of assets and acceptable ranges around the targets are as follows:
Asset Category
Target
Allowable Range
Domestic equities
44
%
35-55%
Foreign equities
14
%
5-25%
Fixed income
40
%
30-50%
Real estate
2
%
0-10%
Cash
0
%
0-35%
Total
100
%

The following tables present the assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the U.S. GAAP fair value hierarchy as reported on the statements of net assets available for Plan benefits at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Fair value measurements at December 31, 2013
(in thousands)
Total
(Level 1)
(Level 2)
(Level 3)
Group annuity contracts
$
180


180


Mutual funds:
Fixed income
9,210

9,210



International equity
6,316

6,316



Large U.S. equity
1,809

1,809



Small/Mid U.S. equity
1,844

1,844



Total mutual funds
19,179

19,179



Pooled separate accounts:
Fixed income
8,624


8,624


Large U.S. equity
14,509


14,509


Small/Mid U.S. equity
2,710


2,710


Total pooled separate accounts
25,843


25,843


Total investments
$
45,202

19,179

26,023



87

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Fair value measurements at December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
Total
(Level 1)
(Level 2)
(Level 3)
Group annuity contracts
$
182


182


Mutual funds:
Fixed income
8,307

8,307



International equity
5,599

5,599



Large U.S. equity
1,569

1,569



Small/Mid U.S. equity
1,609

1,609



Total mutual funds
17,084

17,084



Pooled separate accounts:
Fixed income
7,756


7,756


Large U.S. equity
12,652


12,652


Small/Mid U.S. equity
2,398


2,398


Total pooled separate accounts
22,806


22,806


Total investments
$
40,072

17,084

22,988



The Company anticipates that the long-term asset allocation on average will approximate the targeted allocation. Actual asset allocations are the result of investment decisions by a third-party investment manager.
401(k) Plan
The Bank has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees of the Bank. For 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , the Bank matched 25% of the first 6% contributed by the participants. The contribution percentage is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. The Bank’s aggregate contributions to the 401(k) Plan for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 were $587,000 , $601,000 and $511,000 , respectively.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
The Bank maintains a non-qualified supplemental retirement plan for certain senior officers of the Bank. This plan was frozen as of April 1, 2003. The Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, which is unfunded, provides benefits in excess of the benefits permitted to be paid by the pension plan under provisions of the tax law. Amounts expensed under this supplemental retirement plan amounted to $162,000 , $169,000 and $173,000 for the years 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. At December 31, 2013 , and 2012 , $2,207,000 and $2,190,000 , respectively, were recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition for this supplemental retirement plan. An increase of $56,000 , a decrease of $49,000 , and an increase of $117,000 , net of tax, were recorded in other comprehensive income for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively, in connection with this supplemental retirement plan.
Retirement Plan for the Board of Directors of The Provident Bank
The Bank maintains a Retirement Plan for the Board of Directors of the Bank, a non-qualified plan that provides cash payments for up to 10 years to eligible retired board members based on age and length of service requirements. The maximum payment under this plan to a board member, who terminates service on or after the age of 72 with at least ten years of service on the board, is forty quarterly payments of $1,250 . The Bank may suspend payments under this plan if it does not meet Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance minimum capital requirements. The Bank may terminate this plan at any time although such termination may not reduce or eliminate any benefit previously accrued to a board member without his or her consent.
The plan further provides that, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the plan), the undistributed balance of a director’s accrued benefit will be distributed to him or her within 60 days of the change in control. The Bank paid $15,000 to former board members under this plan for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 . At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , $181,000 and $195,000 , respectively, were recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition for this retirement plan. An increase of $6,000 , an increase of $3,000 , and a increase of $13,000 , net of tax, were recorded in other comprehensive income for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively, in connection with this plan.

88

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


The plan was amended in December 2005 to terminate benefits under this plan for any directors who had less than ten years of service on the board of directors of the Bank as of December 31, 2006.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
The ESOP is a tax-qualified plan designed to invest primarily in the Company’s common stock that provides employees with the opportunity to receive a funded retirement benefit from the Bank, based primarily on the value of the Company’s common stock. The ESOP purchased 4,769,464 shares of the Company’s common stock at an average price of $17.09 per share with the proceeds of a loan from the Company to the ESOP. The outstanding loan principal at December 31, 2013 , was $56.7 million . Shares of the Company’s common stock pledged as collateral for the loan are released from the pledge for allocation to participants as loan payments are made.
For the ESOP years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012 , 195,065 shares and 197,653 shares were released, respectively. Unallocated ESOP shares held in suspense totaled 2,853,557 at December 31, 2013 , and had a fair value of $55.1 million . ESOP compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 was $2,559,000 , $2,030,000 and $1,926,000 , respectively.
The Supplemental Executive Savings Plan
The Supplemental Executive Savings Plan is a non-qualified plan that provides supplemental benefits to certain executives who are prevented from receiving the full benefits contemplated by the 401(k) Plan’s and the ESOP’s benefit formulas under tax law limits for tax-qualified plans. The Supplemental Executive Savings Plan was frozen effective December 31, 2003, and all benefit distributions have been made.
Non-Qualified Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan (“ the Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan”)
Effective January 1, 2004, the Bank established a deferred compensation plan for executive management and key employees of the Bank, known as The Provident Bank Non-Qualified Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Supplemental ESOP”). The Supplemental ESOP was amended and restated as the Non-Qualified Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan (the “Supplemental DC Plan”), effective January 1, 2010. The Supplemental DC Plan is a non-qualified plan that provides additional benefits to certain executives whose benefits under the 401(k) Plan and ESOP are limited by tax law limitations applicable to tax-qualified plans. The Supplemental DC Plan requires a contribution by the Bank for each participant who also participates in the 401(k) Plan and ESOP equal to the amount that would have been contributed under the terms of the of the 401(k) Plan and ESOP but for the tax law limitations, less the amount actually contributed under the 401(k) Plan and ESOP.
The Supplemental DC Plan provides for a phantom stock allocation for qualified contributions that may not be accrued in the qualified ESOP and for matching contributions that may not be accrued in the qualified 401(k) Plan due to tax law limitations. Under the Supplemental 401(k) provision, the estimated expense for the year ending December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 was $7,000 , $7,500 and $6,000 , respectively, and included the matching contributions plus interest credited at an annual rate equal to the ten-year bond-equivalent yield on U.S. Treasury securities. Under the Supplemental ESOP provision, the estimated expense for the year ending December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 was $45,000 , $28,000 and $24,000 , respectively. The phantom equity is treated as equity awards (expensed at the time of allocation) and not liability awards which would require periodic adjustment to market, as participants do not have an option to take their distribution in cash.
2008 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan
Upon stockholders’ approval of the 2008 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan on April 23, 2008, shares available for stock awards and stock options under the 2003 Stock Award Plan and the 2003 Stock Option Plan were reserved for issuance under the new 2008 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan. No additional grants of stock awards and stock options will be made under the 2003 Stock Award Plan and the 2003 Stock Option Plan. The new plan authorized the issuance of up to 2,481,382 shares of Company common stock with no more than 1,850,000 shares permitted to be issued as stock awards. Shares previously awarded under the 2003 plans that are subsequently forfeited or expire may also be issued under the new plan.
Stock Awards
As a general rule, restricted stock grants are held in escrow for the benefit of the award recipient until vested. Awards outstanding generally vest in three or five annual installments, commencing one year from the date of the award. Additionally, certain awards are two and three-year performance vesting awards, which may or may not vest depending upon the attainment of

89

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


certain corporate financial targets. Expense attributable to stock awards amounted to $4,869,000 , $3,658,000 and $3,169,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
A summary status of the granted but unvested stock awards as of December 31, and changes during the year, is presented below:
Restricted Stock Awards
2013
2012
2011
Outstanding at beginning of year
846,883

904,411

728,015

Granted
386,669

373,510

340,206

Forfeited
(68,954
)
(220,590
)
(11,866
)
Vested
(382,385
)
(210,448
)
(151,944
)
Outstanding at the end of year
782,213

846,883

904,411


As of December 31, 2013 , unrecognized compensation cost relating to unvested restricted stock totaled $2.7 million . This amount will be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 1.1 years.
Stock Options
Each stock option granted entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price not less than the fair value of a share of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Options generally vest over a five -year period from the date of grant and expire no later than 10 years following the grant date. Additionally, certain options are three-year performance vesting options, which may or may not vest depending upon the attainment of certain corporate financial targets.
A summary of the status of the granted but unexercised stock options as of December 31, and changes during the year is presented below:
2013
2012
2011
Number
of
stock
options
Weighted
average
exercise
price
Number
of
stock
options
Weighted
average
exercise
price
Number
of
stock
options
Weighted
average
exercise
price
Outstanding at beginning of year
4,152,016

$
17.50

4,248,898

$
17.37

4,178,764

$
17.42

Granted
85,250

15.23

80,081

14.86

83,422

14.50

Exercised
(28,464
)
12.41

(2,000
)
12.54

(500
)
12.54

Forfeited
(53,444
)
10.34

(109,655
)
10.41

(2,847
)
12.65

Expired
(2,921,616
)
18.57

(65,308
)
18.32

(9,941
)
15.85

Outstanding at the end of year
1,233,742

$
15.24

4,152,016

$
17.50

4,248,898

$
17.37


The total fair value of options vesting during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 was $696,000 , $551,000 and $590,000 , respectively.
Compensation expense of approximately $188,000 , $95,000 and $44,000 is projected for 2014 , 2015 and 2016 , respectively, on stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 .
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013 :
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Range of exercise prices
Number
of
options
outstanding
Average
remaining
contractual
life
Weighted
average
exercise
price
Number
of
options
exercisable
Weighted
average
exercise
price
$10.27-15.14
653,738

6.3 years
$
12.58

421,984

$
11.44

$17.43-19.22
580,004

2.3 years
$
18.12

580,004

$
18.12


The stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable at December 31, 2013 have an aggregate intrinsic value of $5,101,000 and $4,022,000 , respectively.

90

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


The expense related to stock options is based on the fair value of the options at the date of the grant and is recognized ratably over the vesting period of the options.
Compensation expense related to the Company’s stock option plan totaled $297,000 , $452,000 and $751,000 for 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
The estimated fair values were determined on the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option pricing model. The fair value of the Company’ stock option awards are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the stock option. The risk-free rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury bond with a term approximating the expected term of the option. The expected volatility computation is based on historical volatility over a period approximating the expected term of the option. The dividend yield is based on the annual dividend payment per share, divided by the grant date stock price. The expected option term is a function of the option life and the vesting period.
The fair value of the option grants was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
For the year ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Expected dividend yield
3.41
%
3.26
%
3.03
%
Expected volatility
33.38
%
32.51
%
32.20
%
Risk-free interest rate
0.88
%
0.86
%
2.16
%
Expected option life
8 years

8 years

8 years


The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 was $3.49 , $3.37 and $3.74 per option, respectively.

(12) Income Taxes
The current and deferred amounts of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 are as follows (in thousands):
Years ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Current:
Federal
$
27,667

29,813

23,423

State
2,168

176

181

Total current
29,835

29,989

23,604

Deferred:
Federal
4,210

(3,208
)
(2,203
)
State
1,321

2,074

(1,559
)
Total deferred
5,531

(1,134
)
(3,762
)
$
35,366

28,855

19,842


The Bank recorded, in accumulated other comprehensive income, deferred tax (benefit) expense of ($13,647,000) , ($587,000) and $2,065,000 during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively, to reflect the tax effect of the unrealized gain on securities available for sale. The Bank recorded, in accumulated other comprehensive income, a deferred tax expense (benefit) of $4,968,000 , ($694,000) and ($5,666,000) in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively, related to the amortization of post-retirement obligations.

91

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


A reconciliation between the amount of reported total income tax expense and the amount computed by multiplying the applicable statutory income tax rate is as follows (in thousands):
Years ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Tax expense at statutory rate of 35%
$
37,065

33,643

27,015

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
State tax, net of federal income tax benefit
2,268

1,462

(896
)
Tax-exempt interest income
(4,084
)
(3,937
)
(3,821
)
Bank-owned life insurance
(2,309
)
(1,847
)
(1,835
)
Non-qualified stock option expiration
2,746



Other, net
(320
)
(466
)
(621
)
$
35,366

28,855

19,842



92

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


The net deferred tax asset is included in other assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):
2013
2012
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses
$
25,848

28,165

Post-retirement benefit
10,690

10,442

Deferred compensation
3,037

3,024

Intangibles
511

645

Purchase accounting adjustments
426


Depreciation
3,396

881

SERP
958

930

ESOP
3,253

3,130

Stock-based compensation
5,558

8,275

Non-accrual interest
6,756

8,818

Unrealized loss on securities
1,939


State AMA

88

State NOL
237

237

Federal NOL
1,692

2,009

Pension liability adjustments
1,438

6,406

Other
1,345

1,885

Total gross deferred tax assets
67,084

74,935

Valuation Reserve
(242
)
(242
)
Deferred tax liabilities:
Pension expense
9,925

9,704

Deferred loan costs
3,936

3,354

Investment securities, principally due to accretion of discounts
235

225

Purchase accounting adjustments

45

Originated mortgage servicing rights
447

506

Unrealized gain on securities

11,712

Total gross deferred tax liabilities
14,543

25,546

Net deferred tax asset
$
52,299

49,147


Retained earnings at December 31, 2013 includes approximately $51,800,000 for which no provision for income tax has been made. This amount represented an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Events that would result in taxation of these reserves include the failure to qualify as a bank for tax purposes, distributions in complete or partial liquidation, stock redemptions and excess distributions to stockholders. At December 31, 2013 , the Company had an unrecognized tax liability of $21,160,000 with respect to this reserve.
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had a valuation allowance of $242,000 related to approximately $648,000 of capital loss carryforwards. As a result of the Beacon acquisition in 2011, the Company has acquired federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $4,800,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 , which will be available to offset future taxable income. If not utilized, these carryforwards will expire in 2030. Also, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards in the amount of $4,000,000 which are scheduled to expire in 2033. The federal NOLs are subject to a combined annual Code Section 382 limitation in the amount of approximately $900,000 . Management has determined that it is more likely than not that it will realize the net deferred tax asset based upon the nature and timing of the items listed above. In order to fully realize the net deferred tax asset, the Company will need to generate future taxable income. Management has projected that the Company will ge

93

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


nerate sufficient taxable income to utilize the net deferred tax asset; however, there can be no assurance that such levels of taxable income will be generated.
The Company’s policy is to report interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company did not have any liabilities for uncertain tax positions or any known unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 and 2012 .
The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return and each entity files a separate state income tax return. The Company and its subsidiaries are no longer subject to income tax examinations by taxing authorities for years prior to 2010. The State of New Jersey is currently conducting and examination of the 2009, 2010, and 2011 tax years.

(13) Lease Commitments
The approximate future minimum rental commitments, exclusive of taxes and other related charges, for all significant non-cancellable operating leases at December 31, 2013 , are summarized as follows (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,
2014
$
6,209

2015
5,671

2016
5,717

2017
5,394

2018
4,736

Thereafter
16,549

$
44,276


Rental expense was $6,850,000 , $7,115,000 and $6,315,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.

(14) Commitments, Contingencies and Concentrations of Credit Risk
In the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are outstanding which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial position of the Company will not be materially affected by the outcome of such commitments or contingent liabilities.
A substantial portion of the Bank’s loans are one- to four-family residential first mortgage loans secured by real estate located in New Jersey. Accordingly, the collectability of a substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and the recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate owned are susceptible to changes in local real estate market conditions.

(15) Regulatory Capital Requirements
FDIC regulations require banks to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. Under the regulations in effect at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Bank is required to maintain (i) a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total adjusted assets of 4.00% , and (ii) minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00% and 8.00% , respectively. Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the FDIC is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized institution. Such actions could have a direct material effect on an institution’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of savings institutions into five categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Generally, an institution is considered well capitalized if it has a leverage (Tier 1) capital ratio of at least 5.00% ; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.00% ; and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.00% .
The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the FDIC about capital components, risk weightings and other factors.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Bank exceeded all minimum capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent FDIC notification categorized the Bank as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action

94

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


regulations. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s capital classification.
The Company is regulated as a bank holding company, and as such, is subject to examination, regulation and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”). The FRB has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies on a consolidated basis substantially similar to those of the FDIC for the Bank. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company was “well capitalized” under FRB guidelines. Regulations of the FRB provide that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to any of its subsidiary banks and must not conduct its activities in an unsafe or unsound manner. Under the prompt corrective action provisions discussed above, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank would be directed to guarantee, within limitations, the capital restoration plan that is required of such an undercapitalized bank. If the undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the FRB may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying any dividend or making any other form of capital distribution without the prior approval of the FRB.
The following is a summary of the Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , compared to the FRB minimum capital adequacy requirements and the FRB requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution (dollars in thousands).
Actual
FRB minimum capital
adequacy requirements
To be  well-capitalized
under prompt corrective
action provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
As of December 31, 2013:
Leverage (Tier 1)
$
660,549

9.42
%
$
280,572

4.00
%
350,715

5.00
%
Risk-based capital:
Tier 1
660,549

12.89

204,967

4.00

307,451

6.00

Total
724,609

14.14

409,934

8.00

512,418

10.00

Actual
FRB minimum capital
adequacy requirements
To be well-capitalized
under prompt corrective
action provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
As of December 31, 2012:
Leverage (Tier 1)
$
617,145

8.93
%
$
276,517

4.00
%
$
345,646

5.00
%
Risk-based capital:
Tier 1
617,145

12.68

194,722

4.00

292,083

6.00

Total
678,113

13.93

389,444

8.00

486,806

10.00


The following is a summary of the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , compared to the FDIC minimum capital adequacy requirements and the FDIC requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution (dollars in thousands).
Actual
FDIC minimum capital
adequacy requirements
To be well-capitalized
under prompt corrective
action provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
As of December 31, 2013:
Leverage (Tier 1)
$
585,313

8.34
%
$
280,578

4.00
%
$
350,723

5.00
%
Risk-based capital:
Tier 1
585,313

11.42

204,967

4.00

307,450

6.00

Total
649,373

12.67

409,933

8.00

512,417

10.00


95

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Actual
FDIC minimum capital
adequacy requirements
To be well-capitalized
under prompt corrective
action provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
As of December 31, 2012:
Leverage (Tier 1)
$
539,478

7.80
%
$
276,517

4.00
%
$
345,646

5.00
%
Risk-based capital:
Tier 1
539,478

11.08

194,730

4.00

292,095

6.00

Total
600,448

12.33

389,459

8.00

486,824

10.00


(16) Fair Value Measurements
The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The determination of fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates. Where quoted market values in an active market are not readily available, the Company utilizes various valuation techniques to estimate fair value.
Fair value is an estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. However, in many instances fair value estimates may not be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and may not be realized in an immediate sale of the financial instrument.
GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of fair value hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1:
Unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
Level 2:
Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
Level 3:
Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The valuation techniques are based upon the unpaid principal balance only, and exclude any accrued interest or dividends at the measurement date. Interest income and expense and dividend income are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument using the effective interest method based on acquired discount or premium.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The valuation techniques described below were used to measure fair value of financial instruments in the table below on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 .
Securities Available for Sale
For securities available for sale, fair value was estimated using a market approach. he majority of the Company’s securities are fixed income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but are traded in active markets. Prices for these instruments are obtained through third party data service providers or dealer market participants with which the Company has historically transacted both purchases and sales of securities. Prices obtained from these sources include market quotations and matrix pricing. Matrix pricing, a Level 2 input, is a mathematical technique used principally to value certain securities to benchmark or to comparable securities. The Company evaluates the quality of Level 2 matrix pricing through comparison to similar assets with greater liquidity and evaluation of projected cash flows. As the Company is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs quarterly analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. Specifically, the Company compares the prices received from the pricing service to a secondary pricing source. Additionally, the

96

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Company compares changes in the reported market values and returns to relevant market indices to test the reasonableness of the reported prices. The Company’s internal price verification procedures and review of fair value methodology documentation provided by independent pricing services has not historically resulted in adjustment in the prices obtained from the pricing service. The Company also may hold equity securities and debt instruments issued by the U.S. government and U.S. government-sponsored agencies that are traded in active markets with readily accessible quoted market prices that are considered Level 1 inputs.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
The valuation techniques described below were used to estimate fair value of financial instruments measured on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .
For loans measured for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, fair value was estimated using a market approach. The Company measures the fair value of collateral underlying impaired loans primarily through obtaining independent appraisals that rely upon quoted market prices for similar assets in active markets. These appraisals include adjustments, on an individual case-by-case basis, to comparable assets based on the appraisers’ market knowledge and experience, as well as adjustments for estimated costs to sell of up to 6% . The Company classifies these loans as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Assets acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure are carried at fair value, less estimated costs to sell of up to 6% . Fair value is generally based on independent appraisals that rely upon quoted market prices for similar assets in active markets. These appraisals include adjustments, on an individual case basis, to comparable assets based on the appraisers’ market knowledge and experience, and are classified as Level 3. When an asset is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value, less estimated costs to sell, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. A reserve for foreclosed assets may be established to provide for possible write-downs and selling costs that occur subsequent to foreclosure. Foreclosed assets are carried net of the related reserve. Operating results from real estate owned, including rental income, operating expenses, and gains and losses realized from the sales of real estate owned, are recorded as incurred.
There were no changes to the valuation techniques for fair value measurements during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .
The following tables present the assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition at their fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands).
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:
December 31,
2013
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Measured on a recurring basis:
Agency obligations
$
93,416

93,416



Mortgage-backed securities
1,054,974


1,054,974


State and municipal obligations
8,758


8,758


Equities
446

446



$
1,157,594

$
93,862

1,063,732


Measured on a non-recurring basis:
Loans measured for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral
$
29,782



29,782

Foreclosed assets
5,486



5,486

$
35,268



35,268



97

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:
December 31,
2012
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Measured on a recurring basis:
Agency obligations
$
91,017

91,017



Mortgage-backed securities
1,162,325


1,162,325


State and municipal obligations
10,316


10,316


Equities
344

344



$
1,264,002

$
91,361

1,172,641


Measured on a non-recurring basis:
Loans measured for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral
$
43,251



43,251

Foreclosed assets
12,473



12,473

$
55,724



55,724


There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 .
Other Fair Value Disclosures
The Company is required to disclose estimated fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities on and off the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for those assets and liabilities.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and short-term investments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.
Investment Securities Held to Maturity
For investment securities held to maturity, fair value was estimated using a market approach. The majority of the Company’s securities are fixed income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but are traded in active markets. Prices for these instruments are obtained through third party data service providers or dealer market participants with which the Company has historically transacted both purchases and sales of securities. Prices obtained from these sources include market quotations and matrix pricing. Matrix pricing, a Level 2 input, is a mathematical technique used principally to value certain securities to benchmark or comparable securities. The Company evaluates the quality of Level 2 matrix pricing through comparison to similar assets with greater liquidity and evaluation of projected cash flows. As the Company is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs quarterly analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. Specifically, the Company compares the prices received from the pricing service to a secondary pricing source. Additionally, the Company compares changes in the reported market values and returns to relevant market indices to test the reasonableness of the reported prices. The Company’s internal price verification procedures and review of fair value methodology documentation provided by independent pricing services has not historically resulted in adjustment in the prices obtained from the pricing service. The Company also holds debt instruments issued by the U.S. government and U.S. government agencies that are traded in active markets with readily accessible quoted market prices that are considered Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy.
FHLB-NY Stock
The carrying value of FHLB-NY stock was its cost. The fair value of FHLB-NY stock is based on redemption at par value. The Company classifies the estimated fair value as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy.
Loans
Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as commercial mortgage, residential mortgage, commercial, construction and consumer. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and into performing and non-performing categories. The fair value of performing loans was estimated using a combination of techniques, including a discounted cash flow model that utilizes a discount rate that

98

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


reflects the Company’s current pricing for loans with similar characteristics and remaining maturity, adjusted by an amount for estimated credit losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. The rates take into account the expected yield curve, as well as an adjustment for prepayment risk, when applicable. The Company classifies the estimated fair value of its loan portfolio as Level 3.
The fair value for significant non-performing loans was based on recent external appraisals of collateral securing such loans, adjusted for the timing of anticipated cash flows. The Company classifies the estimated fair value of its non-performing loan portfolio as Level 3.
Deposits
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest bearing demand deposits and savings deposits, was equal to the amount payable on demand and classified as Level 1. The estimated fair value of certificates of deposit was based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate was estimated using the Company’s current rates offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities. The Company classifies the estimated fair value of its certificates of deposit portfolio as Level 2.
Borrowed Funds
The fair value of borrowed funds was estimated by discounting future cash flows using rates available for debt with similar terms and maturities and is classified by the Company as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
Commitments to Extend Credit and Letters of Credit
The fair value of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit was estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value estimates of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are deemed immaterial.
Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments.
Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include goodwill and other intangibles, deferred tax assets and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

99

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


The following tables present the Company’s financial instruments at their carrying and fair values as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 . Fair values are presented by level within the fair value hierarchy.
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 Using:
(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying
value
Fair
value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
101,224

101,224

101,224



Securities available for sale:
Agency obligations
93,416

93,416

93,416



Mortgage-backed securities
1,054,974

1,054,974


1,054,974


State and municipal obligations
8,758

8,758


8,758


Equity securities
446

446

446



Total securities available for sale
$
1,157,594

1,157,594

93,862

1,063,732


Investment securities held to maturity:
Agency obligations
$
7,523

7,470

7,470



Mortgage-backed securities
5,273

5,520


5,520


State and municipal obligations
334,750

332,987


332,987


Corporate obligations
9,954

9,936


9,936


Total securities held to maturity
$
357,500

355,913

7,470

348,443


FHLB-NY stock
58,070

58,070

58,070



Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
5,130,149

5,221,228



5,221,228

Financial liabilities:
Deposits other than certificates of deposits
$
4,395,717

4,395,717

4,395,717



Certificates of deposit
806,754

813,337


813,337


5,202,471

5,209,054

4,395,717

813,337


Borrowings
$
1,203,879

1,218,136


1,218,136




100

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012 Using:
(Dollars in thousands)
Carrying
value
Fair
value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
103,823

103,823

103,823



Securities available for sale:
Agency obligations
91,017

91,017

91,017



Mortgage-backed securities
1,162,325

1,162,325


1,162,325


State and municipal obligations
10,316

10,316


10,316


Equity securities
344

344

344



Total securities available for sale
$
1,264,002

1,264,002

91,361

1,172,641


Investment securities held to maturity:
Agency obligations
$
4,705

4,739

4,739



Mortgage-backed securities
11,123

11,583


11,583


State and municipal obligations
336,078

350,825


350,825


Corporate obligations
7,558

7,769


7,769


Total securities held to maturity
$
359,464

374,916

4,739

370,177


FHLB-NY stock
37,543

37,543

37,543



Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
4,834,351

5,025,700



5,025,700

Financial liabilities:
Deposits other than certificates of deposits
$
4,470,798

4,470,483

4,470,483



Certificates of deposit
957,473

968,668


968,668


Total deposits
$
5,428,271

5,439,151

4,470,483

968,668


Borrowings
$
803,264

834,244


834,244



(17) Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following tables are a summary of certain quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
2013 Quarter Ended
March 31
June 30
September 30
December 31
(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
$
63,304

$
62,413

$
62,984

$
64,076

Interest expense
9,409

9,002

8,987

9,369

Net interest income
53,895

53,411

53,997

54,707

Provision for loan losses
1,500

1,000

1,200

1,800

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
52,395

52,411

52,797

52,907

Non-interest income
9,945

12,637

11,730

9,841

Non-interest expense
36,946

37,813

36,464

37,540

Income before income tax expense
25,394

27,235

28,063

25,208

Income tax expense
7,566

8,007

11,987

7,806

Net income
$
17,828

$
19,228

$
16,076

$
17,402

Basic earnings per share
$
0.31

$
0.34

$
0.28

$
0.30

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.31

$
0.34

$
0.28

$
0.30



101

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


2012 Quarter Ended
March 31
June 30
September 30
December 31
(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
$
66,880

$
66,019

$
64,757

$
64,603

Interest expense
12,043

11,441

11,042

10,396

Net interest income
54,837

54,578

53,715

54,207

Provision for loan losses
5,000

3,500

3,500

4,000

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
49,837

51,078

50,215

50,207

Non-interest income
12,728

9,343

9,790

11,752

Non-interest expense
36,791

37,756

36,896

37,385

Income before income tax expense
25,774

22,665

23,109

24,574

Income tax expense
7,346

6,662

6,955

7,892

Net income
$
18,428

$
16,003

$
16,154

$
16,682

Basic earnings per share
$
0.32

$
0.28

$
0.28

$
0.29

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.32

$
0.28

$
0.28

$
0.29


(18) Earnings Per Share
The following is a reconciliation of the outstanding shares used in the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations.
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
For the Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Net income
$
70,534

$
67,267

$
57,344

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
57,236,909

57,145,868

56,856,083

Plus:
Dilutive shares
124,534

53,936

12,441

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
57,361,443

57,199,804

56,868,524

Earnings per share:
Basic
$
1.23

$
1.18

$
1.01

Diluted
$
1.23

$
1.18

$
1.01


Anti-dilutive stock options and awards totaling 659,531 , 3,891,443 and 3,739,767 shares at December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2013, respectively, were excluded from the earnings per share calculations.


102

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


(19) Parent-only Financial Information
The condensed financial statements of Provident Financial Services, Inc. (parent company only) are presented below:
PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars in Thousands)
December 31,
2013
December 31,
2012
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$
12,796

$
6,663

Securities available for sale, at fair value
446

344

Investment in subsidiary
935,517

903,579

Due from subsidiary—SAP
6,269

12,083

ESOP loan
56,716

59,750

Other assets
59

49

Total assets
$
1,011,803

$
982,468

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Other liabilities
1,050

1,222

Total stockholders’ equity
1,010,753

981,246

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
1,011,803

$
982,468

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
Condensed Statements of Operations
(Dollars in Thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Dividends from subsidiary
$
32,320

$
40,729

$
26,900

Interest income
2,390

2,696

2,615

Investment gain
9

9

3

Total income
34,719

43,434

29,518

Non-interest expense
891

882

1,010

Total expense
891

882

1,010

Income before income tax expense
33,828

42,552

28,508

Income tax expense
563

688

579

Income before undistributed net income of subsidiary
33,265

41,864

27,929

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary
(dividends in excess of earnings)
37,269

25,403

29,415

Net income
$
70,534

$
67,267

$
57,344


103

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in Thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
$
70,534

$
67,267

$
57,344

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Dividends in excess of earnings (equity in undistributed net income) of subsidiary
(37,269
)
(25,403
)
(29,415
)
ESOP allocation
2,559

2,030

2,467

SAP allocation
4,869

3,658

3,198

Stock option allocation
297

452

719

Decrease in due from subsidiary—SAP
5,814

4,177

3,016

Increase in other assets
(6,912
)
(13,960
)
(8,039
)
Increase in other liabilities
(172
)
68

77

Net cash provided by operating activities
39,720

38,289

29,367

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of available for sale securities


(308
)
Net decrease in ESOP loan
3,034

3,035

2,578

Net cash provided by investing activities
3,034

3,035

2,270

Cash flows from financing activities:
Purchases of treasury stock
(5,899
)
(9,424
)
(4,139
)
Cash dividends paid
(32,320
)
(40,729
)
(26,805
)
Shares issued dividend reinvestment plan
1,186

6,090

3,180

Stock options exercised
412

28

9

Net cash used in financing activities
(36,621
)
(44,035
)
(27,755
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
6,133

(2,711
)
3,882

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
6,663

9,374

5,492

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
12,796

$
6,663

$
9,374



104

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


(20) Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
The following table presents the components of other comprehensive (loss) income both gross and net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):
For the Years Ended December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Before
Tax
Tax
Effect
After
Tax
Before
Tax
Tax
Effect
After
Tax
Before
Tax
Tax
Effect
After
Tax
Components of Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:
Unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:
Net (losses) gains arising during the period
$
(32,845
)
13,417

(19,428
)
$
3,060

(1,250
)
1,810

$
7,175

(2,931
)
4,244

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income
(996
)
407

(589
)
(4,497
)
1,837

(2,660
)
(708
)
289

(419
)
Total
(33,841
)
13,824

(20,017
)
(1,437
)
587

(850
)
6,467

(2,642
)
3,825

Other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities available for sale:
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities






(1,661
)
678

(983
)
Reclassification adjustment for impairment losses included in net income
434

(177
)
257




302

(123
)
179

Total
434

(177
)
257




(1,359
)
555

(804
)
Amortization related to post retirement obligations
12,161

(4,968
)
7,193

(1,699
)
694

(1,005
)
(13,870
)
5,666

(8,204
)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income
$
(21,246
)
8,679

(12,567
)
$
(3,136
)
1,281

(1,855
)
$
(8,762
)
3,579

(5,183
)
The following table presents the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income by
Component, net of tax:
Year ended December 31, 2013
Unrealized Gains
on Securities
Available for Sale
Post-Retirement
Obligations
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
16,961

(9,245
)
7,716

Current period other comprehensive (loss) income
(19,760
)
7,193

(12,567
)
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
(2,799
)
(2,052
)
(4,851
)

105

PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


The following table summarizes the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):
Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Details of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”)
Components
Amount
reclassified from
AOCI
Affected line item in the Consolidated
Statement of Income
Securities available for sale:
Realized net gains on the sale of securities available for sale
$
996

Net gain on securities transactions
(407
)
Income tax expense
589

Net of tax
Realized other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities available for sale
$
(434
)
Net impairment losses on securities recognized in earnings
177

Income tax expense
(257
)
Net of tax
Post-retirement obligations:

Amortization of actuarial losses (gains)
1,367

Compensation and employee  benefits (1)
(558
)
Income tax expense
809

Net of tax
Total reclassifications
$
1,141

Net of tax

(1) This item is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. See Note 11. Benefits



106



Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Christopher Martin, the Company’s Principal Executive Officer, and Thomas M. Lyons, the Company’s Principal Accounting Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2013 . Based upon their evaluation, they each found that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective. There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of Provident Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on its financial statements.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 . In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (“COSO”) (1992). Based on the assessment management believes that, as of December 31, 2013 , the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 . This report appears on page 57.
Item 9B.
Other Information
None.


107



PART III
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information regarding director nominees, incumbent directors, executive officers, the Audit Committee of the board of directors, Audit Committee financial experts and procedures by which stockholders may recommend director nominees required by this item is set forth under “Proposal I Election of Provident Directors” under the captions “The Board of Directors”, “Executive Officers”, “Audit Committee Matters—Audit Committee”, and “Corporate Governance Matters—Procedures for the Nomination of Directors by Stockholders” in the Proxy Statement filed for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 24, 2014 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is set forth under “General Information” under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement filed for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 24, 2014 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Provident has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that is applicable to all directors, officers and employees of Provident and The Provident Bank, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and all persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on the “Governance Documents” section of the “Investor Relations” page on The Provident Bank’s website at www.providentnj.com. Amendments to and waivers from the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will also be disclosed on The Provident Bank’s website.
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
The information required by this item is set forth under “Proposal 1 Election of Provident Directors” under the captions “Compensation Committee Matters”, “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 24, 2014 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under “General Information” under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement filed for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 24, 2014 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Set forth below is information as of December 31, 2013 regarding equity compensation plans categorized by those plans that have been approved by stockholders and those plans that have not been approved by stockholders.
Plan
Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options and
Rights (1)
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price (2)
Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available For
Issuance Under
Plan
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
1,233,742

$
15.24

4,079,090

(3)
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders



Total
1,233,742

$
15.24

4,079,090

________________________
(1)
Consists of outstanding stock options to purchase 1,233,742 shares of common stock granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans.
(2)
The weighted average exercise price reflects the exercise price of $17.43 for 60,000 stock options and $19.22 for 40,000 stock options granted in 2004; an exercise price of $18.03 for 41,000 stock options granted in 2005; an exercise price of $18.55 for 90,000 stock options, $18.48 for 60,000 stock options, $17.86 for 10,000 stock options and $18.87 for 20,000 stock options granted in 2006; an exercise price of $17.94 for 230,575 stock options, $17.45 for 45,000 stock options and $15.14 for 10,000 stock options granted in 2007; an exercise price of $12.54 for 153,880 stock options granted in 2008; an exercise price of $10.27 for 15,000 stock options and an exercise price of $10.40 for 205,739 stock options granted in 2009; an exercise price of $10.34 for 213,782 stock options granted in 2010; an exercise price of $14.50 for 83,422 stock options granted in 2011; an exercise price of $14.86 for 93,802 stock options

108



granted in 2012; and an exercise price of $15.23 for 85,250 stock options granted in 2013 under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans.
(3)
Represents the number of available shares that may be granted as stock options and other stock awards under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans.

Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item is set forth under “Proposal 1 Election of Provident Directors” under the caption “Corporate Governance Matters—“Director Independence” and “Transactions With Certain Related Persons” in the Proxy Statement filed for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 24, 2014 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this item is set forth under “Proposal 4 Ratification of the Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement filed for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 24, 2014 and is incorporated herein by reference.


PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as a part of this Form 10-K are as follows:
(a)(1) Financial Statements

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
(a)(3) Exhibits
3.1
Certificate of Incorporation of Provident Financial Services, Inc. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission/Registration No. 333-98241.)
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Provident Financial Services, Inc. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2011 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012/File No. 001-31566.)
4.1
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Provident Financial Services, Inc. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission/Registration No. 333-98241.)
10.1
Employment Agreement by and between Provident Financial Services, Inc and Christopher Martin dated September 23, 2009. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s September 30, 2009 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2009/ File No. 001-31566.)

109



10.2
Form of Amended and Restated Two-Year Change in Control Agreement between Provident Financial Services, Inc. and certain executive officers. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2009 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2010 /File No. 001-31566.)
10.3
Amended and Restated Employee Savings Incentive Plan, as amended. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s June 30, 2004 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission /File No. 001-31566.)
10.4
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission/Registration No. 333-98241) and Amendment No. 1 to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s June 30, 2004 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission /File No. 001-31566).
10.5
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of The Provident Bank. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.6
Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Savings Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.7
Retirement Plan for the Board of Managers of The Provident Bank. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009 /File No. 001-31566.)
10.8
The Provident Bank Amended and Restated Voluntary Bonus Deferral Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.9
Provident Financial Services, Inc. Board of Directors Voluntary Fee Deferral Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.10
First Savings Bank Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan, as amended. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s September 30, 2004 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission /File No. 001-31566.)
10.11
The Provident Bank Non-Qualified Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s May 27, 2010 Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2010/File No. 001-31566.)
10.12
Provident Financial Services, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 4, 2003/File No. 001-31566.)
10.13
Provident Financial Services, Inc. 2003 Stock Award Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 4, 2003/File No. 001-31566.)
10.14
Provident Financial Services, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2008/File No. 001-31566).
10.15
Consulting Services Agreement by and between The Provident Bank and Paul M. Pantozzi made as of September 23, 2009. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s September 30, 2009 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.16
Change in Control Agreement by and between Provident Financial Services, Inc. and Christopher Martin dated September 23, 2009. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s September 30, 2009 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.17
Written Description of Provident Financial Services, Inc.’s 2011 Cash Incentive Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 27, 2011/File No. 001-31566.)
10.18
Written Description of Provident Financial Services, Inc.’s 2012 Cash Incentive Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2011 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012/File No. 001-31566.)
10.19
Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31,2011 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012/File No. 001-31566.)

110



10.20
Written Description of Provident Financial Services, Inc.’s 2013 Cash Incentive Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company's December 31, 2012 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2013/File No. 001-31566.)
10.21
Form of Three-Year Change in Control Agreement between Provident Financial Services, Inc. and each of Messrs. Blum, Kuntz, Lyons and Raimonde dated as of February 21, 2013. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company's December 31, 2012 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2013/File No. 001-31566.)
10.22
Written Description of Provident Financial Services, Inc.'s 2014 Cash Incentive Plan
21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23
Consent of KPMG LLP.
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101
The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

101.INS (I)
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH (I)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL (I)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF (I)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB (I)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE (I)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
(1)
These interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under these sections.
(b) The exhibits listed under (a) (3) above are filed herewith.

111



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
PROVIDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
Date:
March 3, 2014
By:
/s/    C HRISTOPHER M ARTIN
Christopher Martin
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
By:
/s/    C HRISTOPHER M ARTIN
By:
/s/    T HOMAS M. L YONS
Christopher Martin,
President, Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas M. Lyons,
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Date:
March 3, 2014
Date:
March 3, 2014
By:
/s/    F RANK S. M UZIO
Frank S. Muzio,
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
Date:
March 3, 2014
By:
/s/    T HOMAS B ERRY
By:
/s/    L AURA L. B ROOKS
Thomas Berry,
Director
Laura L. Brooks,
Director
Date:
March 3, 2014
Date:
March 3, 2014
By:
/s/    G EOFFREY M. C ONNOR
By:
/s/    F RANK L. F EKETE
Geoffrey M. Connor,
Director
Frank L. Fekete,
Director
Date:
March 3, 2014
Date:
March 3, 2014
By:
/s/    T ERENCE G ALLAGHER
By:
/s/    M ATHEW K. H ARDING
Terence Gallagher,
Director
Mathew K. Harding,
Director
Date:
March 3, 2014
Date:
March 3, 2014
By:
/s/    C ARLOS H ERNANDEZ
By:
/s/    T HOMAS B. H OGAN J R .
Carlos Hernandez,
Director
Thomas B. Hogan Jr.,
Director
Date:
March 3, 2014
Date:
March 3, 2014
By:
/s/    E DWARD O’D ONNELL
By:
/s/    JEFFRIES SHEIN
Edward O’Donnell,
Director
Jeffries Shein,
Director
Date:
March 3, 2014
Date:
March 3, 2014

112



EXHIBIT INDEX
3.1
Certificate of Incorporation of Provident Financial Services, Inc. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission/Registration No. 333-98241.)
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Provident Financial Services, Inc. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2011 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012/File No. 001-31566.)
4.1
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Provident Financial Services, Inc. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission/Registration No. 333-98241.)
10.1
Employment Agreement by and between Provident Financial Services, Inc and Christopher Martin dated September 23, 2009. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s September 30, 2009 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2009/ File No. 001-31566.)
10.2
Form of Amended and Restated Two-Year Change in Control Agreement between Provident Financial Services, Inc. and certain executive officers. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2009 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2010 /File No. 001-31566.)
10.3
Amended and Restated Employee Savings Incentive Plan, as amended. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s June 30, 2004 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission /File No. 001-31566.)
10.4
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission/Registration No. 333-98241) and Amendment No. 1 to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s June 30, 2004 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission /File No. 001-31566).
10.5
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of The Provident Bank. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.6
Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Savings Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.7
Retirement Plan for the Board of Managers of The Provident Bank. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009 /File No. 001-31566.)
10.8
The Provident Bank Amended and Restated Voluntary Bonus Deferral Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.9
Provident Financial Services, Inc. Board of Directors Voluntary Fee Deferral Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2008 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.10
First Savings Bank Directors’ Deferred Fee Plan, as amended. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s September 30, 2004 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission /File No. 001-31566.)
10.11
The Provident Bank Non-Qualified Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s May 27, 2010 Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2010/File No. 001-31566.)
10.12
Provident Financial Services, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 4, 2003/File No. 001-31566.)
10.13
Provident Financial Services, Inc. 2003 Stock Award Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 4, 2003/File No. 001-31566.)
10.14
Provident Financial Services, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2008/File No. 001-31566).

113



10.15
Consulting Services Agreement by and between The Provident Bank and Paul M. Pantozzi made as of September 23, 2009. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s September 30, 2009 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.16
Change in Control Agreement by and between Provident Financial Services, Inc. and Christopher Martin dated September 23, 2009. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s September 30, 2009 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2009/File No. 001-31566.)
10.17
Written Description of Provident Financial Services, Inc.’s 2011 Cash Incentive Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 27, 2011/File No. 001-31566.)
10.18
Written Description of Provident Financial Services, Inc.’s 2012 Cash Incentive Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31, 2011 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012/File No. 001-31566.)
10.19
Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s December 31,2011 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012/File No. 001-31566.)
10.20
Written Description of Provident Financial Services, Inc.’s 2013 Cash Incentive Plan. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company's December 31, 2012 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2013/File No. 001-31566.)
10.21
Form of Three-Year Change in Control Agreement between Provident Financial Services, Inc. and each of Messrs. Blum, Kuntz, Lyons and Raimonde dated as of February 21, 2013. (Filed as an exhibit to the Company's December 31, 2012 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2013/File No. 001-31566.)
10.22
Written Description of Provident Financial Services, Inc.'s 2014 Cash Incentive Plan
21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23
Consent of KPMG LLP.
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101
The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

101.INS (1)
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE (1)
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*
Furnished, not filed

(1)
These interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under these sections.

114
TABLE OF CONTENTS